[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201111447A - Production method of pigment dispersion solution - Google Patents

Production method of pigment dispersion solution Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201111447A
TW201111447A TW099122038A TW99122038A TW201111447A TW 201111447 A TW201111447 A TW 201111447A TW 099122038 A TW099122038 A TW 099122038A TW 99122038 A TW99122038 A TW 99122038A TW 201111447 A TW201111447 A TW 201111447A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
formula
compound
doc
Prior art date
Application number
TW099122038A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI560245B (en
Inventor
Takakiyo Terakawa
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW201111447A publication Critical patent/TW201111447A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI560245B publication Critical patent/TWI560245B/zh

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B11/00Diaryl- or thriarylmethane dyes
    • C09B11/28Pyronines ; Xanthon, thioxanthon, selenoxanthan, telluroxanthon dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B5/00Dyes with an anthracene nucleus condensed with one or more heterocyclic rings with or without carbocyclic rings
    • C09B5/24Dyes with an anthracene nucleus condensed with one or more heterocyclic rings with or without carbocyclic rings the heterocyclic rings being only condensed with an anthraquinone nucleus in 1-2 or 2-3 position
    • C09B5/44Azines of the anthracene series
    • C09B5/46Para-diazines
    • C09B5/48Bis-anthraquinonediazines (indanthrone)
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/008Preparations of disperse dyes or solvent dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0083Solutions of dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Inks, Pencil-Leads, Or Crayons (AREA)

Abstract

This invention discloses a production method of a pigment dispersion solution, including the step of uniformly dispersing dyes and pigments in the solvent simultaneously. According to the production method of this invention, the dyes includes at least one compound selected from the group consisting of azo compounds, metal complexes taking azocompounds as ligands, and xanthene compounds.

Description

201111447 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於一種顏料分散液之製造方法。 【先前技術】 自先前以來,彩色濾光片等所使用之顏料分散液例如係 藉由對顏料、分散劑、樹脂、黏度降低劑及溶劑等進行分 散處理而製造(例如專利文獻丨等)。此處之分散處理中,藉 由控制各成分之分散混合順序,即首先利用分散劑吸附大 量黏度降低劑然後添加顏料,可於不對顏色特性產生不良 影響之情況下提高黏度特性及其穩定性。 [專利文獻1]曰本專利特開2003-327864號公報 【發明内容】 然而,包含藉由上述方法所得之顏料分散液之抗蝕劑塗 膜有時會產生異物。又,根據分散時所使用之添加劑之不 同有時存在彩色濾光片之亮度降低之問題。 本發明之目的在於提供一種可進一步減少異物之產生, 獲知党度較而之彩色濾光片的顏料分散液之製造方法。 即,本發明係提供以下之[1 ]〜[9]者。 [1] -種顏料分散液之製造方法,其包括將染料與顏料同時 均勻地分散於溶劑中之步驟。 [2] 如[1]之製造方法,其中染料係含有選自由偶氮化合 物、以偶氮化合物作為配位體之金屬錯合物及咄蠖化合物 所組成之群中之至少1種者。 [3] 如[1]或[2]之製造方法,其中染料係含有式⑴所示之化 149310.doc 201111447 合物者:201111447 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field to Which the Invention Is Ascribed] The present invention relates to a method of producing a pigment dispersion liquid. [Prior Art] A pigment dispersion liquid used for a color filter or the like has been produced by, for example, dispersing a pigment, a dispersant, a resin, a viscosity reducing agent, a solvent, or the like (for example, a patent document). In the dispersion treatment herein, by controlling the dispersion mixing order of the respective components, that is, first, a large amount of viscosity reducing agent is adsorbed by a dispersing agent and then a pigment is added, the viscosity characteristics and stability thereof can be improved without adversely affecting the color characteristics. [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2003-327864 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION However, a resist coating film containing a pigment dispersion obtained by the above method may generate foreign matter. Further, there is a problem that the brightness of the color filter is lowered depending on the additives used in the dispersion. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a method for producing a pigment dispersion which can further reduce the generation of foreign matter and which is known as a color filter of a party. That is, the present invention provides the following [1] to [9]. [1] A method for producing a pigment dispersion, which comprises the step of uniformly dispersing a dye and a pigment in a solvent at the same time. [2] The production method according to [1], wherein the dye contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an azo compound, a metal complex having an azo compound as a ligand, and a ruthenium compound. [3] The production method according to [1] or [2], wherein the dye system contains the compound represented by the formula (1) 149310.doc 201111447 compound:

(式⑴中, R ~R为別獨立表示氫原子、-R6或碳數6~ 1 〇之芳香族炉 基,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經鹵素原子、·r6、 -OH ' -OR6 &gt; -S03- ' -SO3H ' -SO3M ' -C02H ' -C〇2r6 λ -S03R6、-S02NHR8或-S02N(R8)R9取代, R5表示-S〇3·、-S03H、-S03M、-C02H、-C02R6、_S〇3R6、 -S02NHR8或-S〇2N(R8)R9, m表不0〜5之整數,當爪為之以上之整數時,複數個汉5可 相同亦可不同, X表示鹵素原子,a表示〇或1之整數, R0表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之飽和烴基,上述飽和 烴基中所含之-CH2·可經-〇-、_co•或·ΝΚ“_取代,R“表示 氫原子或碳數1〜4之烧基, R8及R9分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數i~i〇之烷基、 可具有取代基之碳數3〜30之環烷基或_q,或者…與尺9亦可 互相鍵結而形成可具有取代基之碳數卜1〇之雜環,上述烷 基及上述環烷基中所含之-CH2-可經-〇-、·(:〇_、·ΝΗ_ 或-NR6a-取代, 149310.doc 201111447 Q表示可具有,取代基之碳數6〜1G之芳㈣㈣、或可具 有取代基之碳數3〜1 〇之芳香族雜環基, Μ表示納原子或鉀原子,且 式⑴所示之化合物之+電荷數與_電荷數相同)。 [4] 如[1 ]至[3]中任一項之萝抨太、本 I&amp;方法,其中係以染料:顏料 -1.99〜99:1之質量比而含有染料與顏料。 [5] 如[1 J至[4]中任一項之剪方.,木 甘r+» * 〈I^方法,其中顏料係含有選自 由 C · I.顏料藍 15:6、C I ?苜%I έ羊 κ ^ τ . 顏枓綠36、C.1.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料 黃138、C丄顏料黃139、CI顏料黃15〇、ci顏料紅Μ、 C.I.顏料紅242及C.L顏料紅254所組成之群中之至少】種 者。 其中顏料係含有C.I.(In the formula (1), R to R are an aromatic furnace group independently representing a hydrogen atom, -R6 or a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å, and a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a halogen atom, ·r6, -OH ' -OR6 &gt; -S03- ' -SO3H ' -SO3M ' -C02H ' -C〇2r6 λ -S03R6, -S02NHR8 or -S02N(R8)R9 is substituted, R5 means -S〇3·, -S03H, -S03M , -C02H, -C02R6, _S〇3R6, -S02NHR8 or -S〇2N(R8)R9, m is not an integer of 0~5. When the claw is more than the integer, the plurality of Han 5 may be the same or different. X represents a halogen atom, a represents an integer of 〇 or 1, and R0 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and -CH2· contained in the above saturated hydrocarbon group may be via -〇-, _co• or _"_substituted, R" represents a hydrogen atom or a carbon number of 1 to 4, and R8 and R9 each independently represent an alkyl group having a substituent of i~i〇, a carbon number which may have a substituent of 3~ a cycloalkyl group of 30 or _q, or ... and a ruler 9 may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring having a carbon number of a substituent, the above alkyl group and -CH2- contained in the above cycloalkyl group Can be replaced by -〇-,·(:〇_,·ΝΗ_ or -NR6a-, 149 310.doc 201111447 Q represents an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a carbon number of 6 to 1 G of a substituent, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 1 Å which may have a substituent, and Μ represents a nano atom or a potassium atom, and (1) The compound shown has a + charge number which is the same as the _ charge number. [4] The method of any one of [1] to [3], the method of the present invention, wherein the dye: pigment-1.99~ The mass ratio of 99:1 contains dyes and pigments. [5] The shearing method of any one of [1 J to [4], the woody r+» * <I^ method, wherein the pigment system is selected from C · I. Pigment Blue 15:6, CI 苜%I έ羊κ ^ τ . Yan 枓 Green 36, C.1. Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Yellow 138, C 丄 Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 15 〇, ci At least one of the group consisting of pigment red hydrazine, CI pigment red 242 and CL pigment red 254. The pigment system contains CI

[6J如[1]至[5]中任一項之製造方法 顏料藍15:6者。 m一種著色組合物之製造方法,其包括將藉由如⑴至⑻ :任:項之製造方法所得之顏料分散液與選自由溶劑、樹 月曰、光聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑所組成之群中的至少 1種混合之步驟。 法所得之 [8] 種著色圖案,其係使用藉由如[7]之製造方 著色組合物而形成者。 [9] -種衫色濾光片’其包含如㈨之著色圖案。 片0 [1〇卜㈣晶顯示裝置,其㈣如[9]之彩色遽光 【實施方式】 液之製造方法__顧料同時 1493I0.doc 201111447 =該方法之染料及顏料對其種類並無特別限 域公知之染料及顏料均可使用。 湏 作為染料,較佳為有機溶劑可溶性染料,更佳為含有選 由偶氮化合物、以偶氮化合物作為配位體之金屬錯合物 及叫化合物所組成之群中之至少!種的染料,進而更佳 為含有、選自由下述式⑴〜式(3)所示之化合物所組成之群中 少1種的木料。此處,所謂有機溶劑可溶性染料,係 指可溶解於本發日財所制之任—齡狀染料。Μ 作為染料,較佳為含有m合物之染料,更佳為含有 式(1)所示之化合物之染料··[6J] The production method according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the pigment blue is 15:6. A method for producing a coloring composition, which comprises the pigment dispersion obtained by the production method of (1) to (8): any one selected from the group consisting of a solvent, a tree sulfonium compound, a photopolymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. A step of mixing at least one of the constituent groups. The [8] coloring pattern obtained by the method is formed by using a coloring composition as manufactured in [7]. [9] - A shirt color filter 'which contains a color pattern as (9). Sheet 0 [1 〇 ( (4) crystal display device, (4) Color 遽 光 [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ [ Specially known dyes and pigments can be used. As the dye, hydrazine is preferably an organic solvent-soluble dye, more preferably a dye containing at least one selected from the group consisting of an azo compound, an azo compound as a ligand, and a compound composed of a compound. Furthermore, it is more preferably a wood containing one less one selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the following formulas (1) to (3). Here, the organic solvent-soluble dye refers to an age-sensitive dye which can be dissolved in the company. Μ As the dye, a dye containing an m compound is preferred, and a dye containing a compound represented by the formula (1) is more preferred.

(式(1)中, R〜R4分別獨立表示氫原子、_R6或碳數6〜1〇之芳香族蛵 基’該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經_素原子、_R6、 -OH、-OR6、_s〇3·、_s〇3H、_s〇3M、c〇2H、c〇2R6、 _SC&gt;3R6、-S〇2NHR8或-S02N(R8)R9取代; R 表示-S〇3、_s〇3H、-S03M、-C02H、-C02R6、-S〇3R6、 _s〇2Nhr8或-so2n(r8)r9 ; m表示0〜5之整數。當爪為2以上之整數時,複數個&amp;5可 相同亦可不同; 149310.doc 201111447 表示鹵素原子;a表示^或丨之整數; R表不可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之飽和烴基,上述飽和 焰基中所含之-CHr可經_〇_、_c〇•或_NR6a_取代;R0a表示 • 氮原子或奴數1〜4之院基· - R及尺分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之烷基、 可具有取代基之碳數3〜3〇之環烧基或_Q ;或者r^r9亦可 互相鍵L而形成可具有取代基之碳數丨〜丨〇之雜環;上述烷 基及上述環烷基中所含之_CH2-可經_〇_、-c〇_、 或-NR6a-取代; Q表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基 '或可具 有取代基之碳數3〜10之芳香族雜環基; /、 Μ表示鈉原子或鉀原子; 其中,式(1)所示之化合物之+電荷數與_電荷數相同卜 此處’作為芳香族烴基’可列舉:芳基、芳烷基、經烷 基取代之芳基等。 &quot;° 等作為芳基’可列舉:苯基、聯苯基、萘基、蒽基、菲基 作為芳烧基,可列舉:节基、笨乙基'苯基丙基、三笨 • 甲基、蔡基甲基、萘基乙基等。 作為經院基取代之芳基’可列舉將上述芳基與下述所 舉之烷基任意組合而成者。 ^ 作為鹵素原子,可列舉:氟、氯、溴等。 所謂飽和煙基,可為:烧基、環烷基 '經烷基取代之尹 烷基、經環烷基取代之烷基。 长 149310.doc 201111447 作為燒基,可列叛· 其、 歹]舉甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁 土異丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、己基、庚基、辛 基、“甲基丙基、2~甲基丙基、1-甲基丁基、2·甲基丁 基、3_甲基丁基、2•乙基己基、壬基、癸基、卜二甲基正 丙基、1,2-二甲基丙基、2,2_二甲基丙基等。 作為環烧基,可列叛· m 』幻舉.%丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己 土、%庚基、環辛基' 三環癸基等。 作為雜環基,可為且右$ 者。 J $具有^•香性者’亦可為不具有芳香性 作為芳香族雜環基,可列舉:(In the formula (1), R to R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, _R6 or an aromatic fluorenyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a _ atom, _R6, -OH , -OR6, _s〇3·, _s〇3H, _s〇3M, c〇2H, c〇2R6, _SC>3R6, -S〇2NHR8 or -S02N(R8)R9 are substituted; R represents -S〇3, _s 〇3H, -S03M, -C02H, -C02R6, -S〇3R6, _s〇2Nhr8 or -so2n(r8)r9; m represents an integer from 0 to 5. When the claw is an integer of 2 or more, plural &amp; 149310.doc 201111447 represents a halogen atom; a represents an integer of ^ or 丨; R represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 10 which may have a substituent, and the -CHr contained in the above saturated flame group may be _〇_, _c〇• or _NR6a_substituted; R0a represents • a nitrogen atom or a slave number of 1 to 4; - R and a ruler respectively represent an alkyl group having a substituent of 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 3 fluorene having a substituent or _Q; or r^r9 may be bonded to each other to form a heterocyclic ring having a carbon number of 丨~丨〇; the above alkyl group and the above ring _CH2- contained in the alkyl group may be via _〇_, -c〇_, or -NR 6a-substituted; Q represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; /, Μ represents a sodium atom or a potassium atom; The compound represented by the formula (1) has the same charge number as the _ charge number. Here, 'the aromatic hydrocarbon group' may, for example, be an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl group-substituted aryl group, etc. &quot;°, etc. Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, and a phenanthryl group. Examples thereof include a aryl group, a phenyl group, a stupid ethyl group, a phenyl group, a triphenyl group, and a benzyl group. And a naphthylethyl group, etc. The aryl group substituted by the transradical group is arbitrarily combined with the above-mentioned aryl group and the alkyl group mentioned below. ^ As a halogen atom, fluorine, chlorine, bromine etc. are mentioned. The so-called saturated smog group can be: a ketone group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkyl group substituted by an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group-substituted alkyl group. Length 149310.doc 201111447 As a base, it can be listed as a base. Methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl isobutyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl Base, "methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 2-ethylhexyl, decyl, decyl, and Methyl n-propyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, etc. As a cycloalkyl group, it can be listed as a retort. Pentyl, cyclohexyl, % heptyl, cyclooctyl 'tricyclic fluorenyl, etc. As the heterocyclic group, it may be the right $. J $ has a scent of a scent. It may also be non-aromatic. As an aromatic heterocyclic group, it is exemplified:

-NH-NH

作為不具有芳香性之雜環,可列舉As a heterocyclic ring having no aromaticity, it can be enumerated

V ?〇 όV ?〇 ό

ΉΉ

N ηN η

00

等。再者,雜環基 任意之位置。 鍵除以上所記載之位置以外,亦可 為 作為-OR6,可列舉: 丁氧基 己盏Α β 氧基、乙氧基丙氧基、 己氧基、2-乙基己氧基等燒氧基等。 1493l0.doc 201111447 作為-C〇2R6 ’可列舉··甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧 基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、異丁氧基羰基、戊 氧基羰基、異戊氧基羰基、新戊氧基羰基、環戊氧基羰 基、己氧基羰基、環己氧基羰基、庚氧基羰基、環庚氧基 羰基、辛氧基羰基、2-乙基己氧基羰基、環辛氧基羰基、 壬氧基羰基、癸氧基羰基、三環癸氧基羰基、甲氧基丙氧 基羰基、乙氧基丙氡基羰基、己氧基丙氧基羰基、2乙基 己氧基丙氧基羰基、曱氧基己氧基羰基等。 作為-S〇3R6,可列舉:曱氧基磺醯基、乙氧基磺醯基、 己氧基磺醯基、癸氧基磺醯基等。 作為-SOiNHR8,可列舉:胺磺醯基、N_(曱基)胺磺醯 基、N-(乙基)胺磺醯基、N_(丙基)胺磺醯基、N (異丙基) 胺磺醯基、N-(丁基)胺磺醯基、N_(異丁基)胺磺醯基、N_ (戊基)胺磺醢基、N-(異戊基)胺磺醯基、N兴新戊基)胺磺 醯基、N-(環戊基)胺磺醯基、N_(己基)胺磺醯基、N (環己 基)胺磺醯基、N-(庚基)胺磺醯基、N_(環庚基)胺磺醯基、 N-(辛基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、义(1,5_二 甲基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(環辛基)胺磺醯基、N_(壬基)胺磺 醯基、N-(癸基)胺磺醯基、N_(三環癸基)胺磺醯基、N (曱 氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(乙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N (丙氧 基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(異丙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_(己氧 基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_ (甲氧基己基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-苯基_ι_甲基丙基)胺磺醯基 等。 149310.doc 201111447 進而,作為-so2nhr8,可為下述式所示之基。其中, 以下之式中,X1表示鹵素原子。X3表示碳數1〜3之烷基或 碳數1〜3之烧氧基,該烧基及烧氧基之氫原子可經鹵素原 子取代。X2表示碳數1〜3之烷基、碳數1〜3之烷氧基、鹵素 原子或硝基,該烧基及烷氧基之氫原子可經鹵素原子取 代。 作為可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷基’除了上述烷 基以外,亦可列舉三氟曱基等。 作為可經鹵素原子取代之碳數1〜3之烷氧基,可列舉上 述烷氧基,尤其是曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。Wait. Further, the heterocyclic group has an arbitrary position. In addition to the positions described above, the bond may be -OR6, and examples thereof include an oxygen-burning such as butoxyhexanyloxy, ethoxypropoxy, hexyloxy or 2-ethylhexyloxy. Base. 1493l0.doc 201111447 As -C〇2R6 ', methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, isopropoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, isobutoxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl , isopentyloxycarbonyl, neopentyloxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl, cycloheptyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, 2-ethyl Hexyloxycarbonyl, cyclooctyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, tricyclodecyloxycarbonyl, methoxypropoxycarbonyl, ethoxypropylcarbonyl, hexyloxypropoxy A carbonyl group, a 2-ethylhexyloxypropoxycarbonyl group, a decyloxyhexyloxycarbonyl group or the like. Examples of the -S〇3R6 include a decyloxysulfonyl group, an ethoxysulfonyl group, a hexyloxysulfonyl group, and a decyloxysulfonyl group. As -SOiNHR8, there may be mentioned: an amine sulfonyl group, an N-(fluorenyl)amine sulfonyl group, an N-(ethyl)amine sulfonyl group, an N-(propyl)amine sulfonyl group, and an N (isopropyl)amine. Sulfonyl, N-(butyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(isobutyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(pentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(isopentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-methyl Neopentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(cyclopentyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(hexyl)aminesulfonyl, N(cyclohexyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(heptyl)aminesulfonyl , N_(cycloheptyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(octyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, and (1,5-dimethylhexyl)amine sulfonate Sulfhydryl, N-(cyclooctyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(fluorenyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(fluorenyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(tricyclodecyl)amine sulfonyl, N ( Alkyloxypropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(ethoxypropyl)aminesulfonyl, N(propoxypropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(isopropoxypropyl)aminesulfonate Sulfhydryl, N_(hexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(methoxyhexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3 -Phenyl_ι_methylpropyl)aminesulfonyl and the like. 149310.doc 201111447 Further, as -so2nhr8, it may be a group represented by the following formula. In the following formula, X1 represents a halogen atom. X3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be substituted by a halogen atom. X2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a halogen atom or a nitro group, and a hydrogen atom of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be substituted by a halogen atom. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom may be a trifluoromethyl group or the like in addition to the above alkyl group. The alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may be substituted by a halogen atom may, for example, be the above alkoxy group, especially a decyloxy group, an ethoxy group or a propoxy group.

X^JK2 X^NHi〇2X^JK2 X^NHi〇2

149310.doc -10- 201111447149310.doc -10- 201111447

HO^k/NHSOj &gt;ss/is^NHS02 HO&quot; -NHS〇2HO^k/NHSOj &gt;ss/is^NHS02 HO&quot; -NHS〇2

h〇^\/\^NHS〇2 、NHS〇aH〇^\/\^NHS〇2, NHS〇a

I I NHSO, NHS〇2 人八义 I HO&quot;^Y^NHS〇2 'NHSOz oh HO.I I NHSO, NHS〇2 人八义 I HO&quot;^Y^NHS〇2 'NHSOz oh HO.

NHS〇2 HONHS〇2 HO

149310.doc -11 - 201111447149310.doc -11 - 201111447

Me〇-NHS02Me〇-NHS02

NHS〇2NHS〇2

X1 〜“02 x1 〜 CF3CH2NHSO2 CF3(CF2)7CH2NHi〇2 Cl NHS〇2X1 ~ "02 x1 ~ CF3CH2NHSO2 CF3(CF2)7CH2NHi〇2 Cl NHS〇2

'493l0.doc -12- 201111447'493l0.doc -12- 201111447

149310.doc -13- 201111447 作為-S02N(R8)R9,可列舉以下之基:149310.doc -13- 201111447 As -S02N(R8)R9, the following bases can be cited:

作為R8與R9互相鍵結而形成之雜環,可列舉下述式所示 之基:Examples of the hetero ring formed by bonding R8 and R9 to each other include a group represented by the following formula:

149310.doc -14· 201111447149310.doc -14· 201111447

再者,作為R及R9之烷基、環烷基之取代基,可自上述 各結構中適當選擇’例如可例示鹵素原子、經基、_Q、 -CH=CH2、-CH=CHR6等。 其中’作為R8及R9,較佳為碳數1〜1〇之烷基、碳數5〜7 之環烷基、烯丙基 '苯基 '碳數8〜10之芳烷基、碳數2〜8 之含羥基之烷基及芳基、碳數2〜8之含烷氧基之烷基及芳 基’更佳為碳數6〜8之分枝狀烷基,尤佳為2-乙基己基。 作為碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基之取代基,較佳為乙基、丙 基、苯基、二曱基苯基、_s〇3r6或_s〇2NHR8。此處,作 為-SC^NHR8中之R8 ’尤其以碳數卜⑺之烷基及碳數3〜3〇 之環烧基為佳,更佳為碳數丨〜&quot;之烷基,進而更佳為碳數 6〜8之分枝狀烷基,尤佳為2·乙基己基。 ^93l〇.doc •15- 201111447 作為可經取代之碳數6〜1 〇之芳香族烴基,可列舉:曱基 苯基、二曱基苯基、三甲基苯基、乙基苯基、丙基苯基、 己基苯基、癸基苯基、氟苯基、氣苯基、溴苯基、羥基苯 基、甲氧基苯基、二甲氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、己氧基苯 基、癸氧基苯基、三氟甲基苯基、聯苯基、二甲基苯基苯 基等以及於該等基上進而取代·s〇2NHR8而成之基等。 作為碳數5〜10之芳香族雜環基之取代基,可列舉:乙 基、丙基、苯基、二甲基苯基、_s〇3R6或_s〇2nHR8。此 處,作為-ShNHR8中之R8,尤其以碳數卜1〇之烷基及碳 數3〜30之環烷基為佳,更佳為碳數丨〜1〇之烷基,進而更佳 為碳數6〜8之分枝狀烷基,尤佳為2_乙基己基。 又,作為R6之飽和烴基之取代基,例如可列舉:鹵素原 子、碳數1〜10之烧氧基等。 此處,作為烷氧基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧 基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、戊氧基、異戊氧基、 新戊氧基、己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、卜甲基丙氧基、 〒基丙氧基、甲基丁氧基、2·甲基丁氧基、3_f基丁氧 基2乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、卜二甲基丙氧基、 12-二甲基丙氧基、2,2_二甲基丙氧基等。 於式(1)所示之化合物中,較佳為尺1與尺2中之至少工個 或R3與R4中之至少⑽為碳數卜4之烧基或可經取代之碳 6〜10之芳香族烴基。 較佳為R^R2中之至少1個、且R3與R4中之至少1個為碳 數1〜4之烷基或可經取代之碳數6〜1〇之芳香族烴基。 149310.doc -16 - 201111447 進而較佳為R1與R2中之至少“固、且R3與r4中之至少^固 為可經取代之碳數6〜10之芳香族烴基。 R5較佳為羧基、乙氧基羰基、磺酸基、N_(2•乙基己氧 基丙基)胺磺醯基、N_(1,5_二甲基己基)胺磺醯基、义(3_苯 基_1_甲基丙基)胺績醢基、N_(異丙氧基丙基)胺續酿基。 式⑴所不之化合物較佳為例如選自由式(M)〜式(ι·4)所 示之化合物所組成之群中的至少丨種化合物:Further, the substituents of the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group of R and R9 can be appropriately selected from the above respective structures, and examples thereof include a halogen atom, a trans group, _Q, -CH=CH2, -CH=CHR6 and the like. Wherein 'as R8 and R9, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 1 carbon number, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 7 carbon atoms, an allyl phenyl group having a carbon number of 8 to 10, and a carbon number of 2 〜8 hydroxy-containing alkyl and aryl, carbon 2 to 8 alkoxy-containing alkyl and aryl 'more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 8 branched alkyl, especially preferably 2-B Base group. The substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferably ethyl, propyl, phenyl, dinonylphenyl, _s〇3r6 or _s〇2NHR8. Here, R8' in -SC^NHR8 is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number (7) and a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 3 Å, more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~&quot; Preferably, it is a branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 8, and particularly preferably a 2-ethylhexyl group. ^93l〇.doc •15- 201111447 As the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms which may be substituted, a nonylphenyl group, a dinonylphenyl group, a trimethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, Propyl phenyl, hexyl phenyl, nonylphenyl, fluorophenyl, phenyl, bromophenyl, hydroxyphenyl, methoxyphenyl, dimethoxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, hexyl An oxyphenyl group, a decyloxyphenyl group, a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a biphenyl group, a dimethylphenylphenyl group, or the like, and a group obtained by further substituting ?s2NHR8 on the groups. Examples of the substituent of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 5 to 10 carbon atoms include an ethyl group, a propyl group, a phenyl group, a dimethylphenyl group, _s〇3R6 or _s〇2nHR8. Here, as R8 in -ShNHR8, an alkyl group having a carbon number of 1 及 and a cycloalkyl group having a carbon number of 3 to 30 are preferable, and an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~1 更 is more preferable, and further preferably A branched alkyl group having a carbon number of 6 to 8, more preferably a 2-ethylhexyl group. Further, examples of the substituent of the saturated hydrocarbon group of R6 include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Here, examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a pentyloxy group, an isopentyloxy group, and a neopentyloxy group. , hexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, b-propylpropoxy, decylpropoxy, methylbutoxy, 2-methylbutoxy, 3-f-butoxy-2-ethylhexyloxy, Alkoxy group, decyloxy group, bisdimethylpropoxy group, 12-dimethylpropoxy group, 2,2-dimethylpropoxy group and the like. In the compound represented by the formula (1), it is preferred that at least one of the ruler 1 and the ruler 2 or at least (10) of R3 and R4 is a burnt group of carbon number 4 or a carbon of 6 to 10 which may be substituted. Aromatic hydrocarbon group. It is preferably at least one of R^R2, and at least one of R3 and R4 is an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms which may be substituted. Further preferably, at least one of R1 and R2 is "solid", and at least one of R3 and r4 is an optionally substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. R5 is preferably a carboxyl group. Ethoxycarbonyl, sulfonate, N-(2•ethylhexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N_(1,5-dimethylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, (3_phenyl_1 _Methylpropyl)amine oxime, N_(isopropoxypropyl)amine continuation base. The compound of the formula (1) is preferably selected, for example, from the formula (M) to the formula (I4). At least a compound of the group consisting of:

(式(1 -1)〜(1 -4)中, R 、R 、R13 ' R14八知丨撫a .in^ .. 刀別獨立表示氫原子、_R6或碳數 ^ , °亥方香族烴基中所含之氫原子可 __ u 广 〇R、-S〇3-、-S03H、-S03Na、 -C02H、-C〇2r6、一 R15* - ^ e 3 、-S〇2NHR8或-so2nr8r9取代; K表不氣原子、- - c 3、_s〇3H、-s〇2nhr8或-so2N(R8)R9;(In the formula (1 -1)~(1 -4), R, R, R13 ' R14 八知丨抚 a .in^ .. The knife independently represents a hydrogen atom, _R6 or carbon number ^, °Haifangxiang The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be __ u 〇R, -S〇3-, -S03H, -S03Na, -C02H, -C〇2r6, one R15* - ^ e 3 , -S〇2NHR8 or -so2nr8r9 Substituted; K is not a gas atom, - c 3, _s 〇 3H, - s 〇 2nhr8 or - so2N (R8) R9;

K 衣不e a TT r21 R24八 · 3、-S〇2NHR8或-S02N(R8)R9 ; R〜R刀別獨立表示氫片 風席子、-R 6或碳數6〜10之1價芳 149310.doc -17· 201111447 香族烴基,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經函素原子、K clothing is not ea TT r21 R24 八, 3, -S 〇 2NHR8 or -S02N (R8) R9; R ~ R knife independently means hydrogen sheet wind mat, -R 6 or carbon number 6~10 of 1 valent 149310. Doc -17· 201111447 An aromatic hydrocarbon group in which a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group can pass through a functional atom,

-C02H、-C〇2R26、 -so3h、-so3r26或-S02NHR28取代; R25 表示-S03-、_S〇3Na、_C〇2h、_c〇2R26、8〇出或 so2nhr28 ; R26表示碳數1〜10之1價飽和烴基,該飽和烴基中所含之 氫原子可經碳數1〜10之烷氧基或鹵素原子取代; R表示氫原子、-R26、-CC^R26或碳數6〜1〇之丨價芳香族 烴基.,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經-R26或_OR26取 代; R31及R32分別獨立表示碳數6〜1〇之1價芳香族烴基,較 佳為苯2基,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經_素原 子、-R26、-OR26、-C〇2R26、-S03R26或-S02NHR28取代; 3 3 R 表示 _s〇3_4-so2nhr28 ; R表示氫原子、_s〇3_或_s〇2nHr28; R及R分別獨立表示碳數6〜1〇之1價芳香族烴基,較 佳為苯基,該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經-R26 或-S02NHR28取代; R 表不 ~s〇3-或-S02NHR28 ; R6 ' R8、p 9 _ 式U-1)〜式(1-4)所示d -電荷數分別相同。 其中,較佳為式(1_4)。 作為式(1)所示之化合4 K、m、x及a表示與上述相同之含義)。 之化合物的化合物中之+電荷數 其中, 之化合物,例如可列舉式(la)〜式(lf)所示 149310.doc 201111447 之化合物。其中,式(la卜式(lf)所示之化合物的化合物中 之+電荷數與-電荷數分別相同:-C02H, -C〇2R26, -so3h, -so3r26 or -S02NHR28 substituted; R25 represents -S03-, _S〇3Na, _C〇2h, _c〇2R26, 8〇 or so2nhr28; R26 represents carbon number 1~10 a monovalent saturated hydrocarbon group in which a hydrogen atom contained in the saturated hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a halogen atom; R represents a hydrogen atom, -R26, -CC^R26 or a carbon number of 6 to 1? An aromatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted by -R26 or _OR26; and R31 and R32 each independently represent a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms, preferably benzene 2 a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be substituted by a _ atom, -R26, -OR26, -C〇2R26, -S03R26 or -S02NHR28; 3 3 R represents _s〇3_4-so2nhr28; R represents hydrogen Atom, _s〇3_ or _s〇2nHr28; R and R each independently represent a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms, preferably a phenyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be passed through - R26 or -S02NHR28 is substituted; R is not ~s〇3- or -S02NHR28; R6 'R8, p 9 _ Formula U-1)~ The number of d-charges shown in formula (1-4) are the same. Among them, the formula (1_4) is preferred. The compounds 4 K, m, x and a represented by the formula (1) have the same meanings as described above). The number of + charges in the compound of the compound, wherein the compound is, for example, a compound of the formula (la) to (lf) 149310.doc 201111447. Wherein, the number of + charges and the number of charges in the compound of the formula (lf) are the same:

(式中’ Rb及Re分別獨立表示氫原子、_S〇3-、_C〇2H 或-S02NHRa;Wherein Rb and Re each independently represent a hydrogen atom, _S〇3-, _C〇2H or -S02NHRa;

Rd、Re及 R/分別獨立表示·S〇3-、_s〇3Na 或 _S〇2NHRa ;Rd, Re, and R/ respectively represent ·S〇3-, _s〇3Na or _S〇2NHRa;

Rg、Rh及R1分別獨立表示氫原子、_S〇3·、_S〇3H 或-S02NHRa ;Rg, Rh and R1 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, _S〇3·, _S〇3H or -S02NHRa;

Ra表示1〜10之烷基,較佳為2_乙基己基; X及a表示與上述相同之含義 149310.doc -19- 201111447 式〇b)所π之化合物為式㈤…所示之化合物之互變異 構物。 其中,較佳為式㈤所示之化合物及式(lf)所示之化合 物。 式⑴所示之化合物例如可藉由利肖常法將具有-犯出之 色素或色素中間物氯化,使所得之具有·s〇2ci之色素或色 素中間物與以r8-nh2所表示之胺反應而製造。又,可藉由 將利用日本專利特開平3_787()2號公報第3頁之右上搁〜左 下攔中記載之方法而製造之色素與上述同樣地氣化後,與 胺反應而製造。 作為染料,較佳為含有偶氮化合物之染料,更佳為含有 式(2)所示之化合物之染料: R510 R52~'N^f—A°~N=N—B° (2) [式(2)中’ A°表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之2價芳香族煙 基; 。B表不可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之】價芳香族煙基、或 可具有取代基之碳數扒^之丨價芳香族雜環基; 二表:氣原子、可具有取代基之碳數Η 一 二土 或可具有取代基之碳數2〜18之醯基; R52表示氫原子或1價有機基]。 式(2)所示之化合物較佳為式(2·υ所示之化合物: 149310.doc 201111447 (2-1) βΜ|==ν· [()中 ζ、ζ2及Ζ3分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳 數1〜16之2價脂肪族烴基,Ζ1、Ζ2及Ζ3中所含之-CH2-可 經-CO-或-〇-取代; R53及R54分別獨立表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳數 1〜16之1價脂肪族烴基、或可具有取代基之碳數2~18之醯 基; A及八刀別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜14之2價芳 香族烴基; 及B刀別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數6~14之丨價芳 、n 土或可具有取代基之碳數3〜14之1價芳香族雜環 基]。 、Z及乙分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數卜163 h月曰肪族烴基。碳數卜16之2價脂肪族烴基之碳數不包 取代基之碳數,其個數較佳為2〜1〇,更佳為2〜“ 作為奴數1〜16之2價脂肪族煙基,可列舉碳數之 二基,可列舉:亞甲基 呷6基、丙一基、丁二基、 基、己二基、庚二基、辛二其八甘 ^ 六烷二基。 —土、Λ一基、十四烷二基及 碳數價脂肪族烴基中所含之偶 或-0-取代。cNI6脂肪族烴基 等函素原子取代。 “之虱原子可經氣原^ Z1及Z2較佳為可含有_〇· 之兔數1〜8之烧二基,更佳為巧 149310.doc •21· 201111447 :有之碳數5〜7之烷二基。作為較佳之基,例如可列 或偶调叫·。 (ch^-〇-(ch2)2-o-(ch2)2- Z3較佳為可含涛C)-之碳數1〜8之2價脂肪族烴基, 更佳為碳數卜8之未經取代之院二基,更佳為碳數Μ之未 經取代之烧二基。作為較佳之基,例如可列舉:-(CH2)2_ 、-(CH2)4-或-CH2-C(=CH2)-。 表示R53及R54之碳數卜16之!價脂肪族煙基可為直鍵 狀、支鏈狀或環狀之任一種。脂肪族煙基之碳數不包括取 代基之碳數,其個數較佳為6〜1〇,更佳為丨〜4。 作為碳數1〜16之1價脂肪族烴基,例如可列舉:甲基、 乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第二丁某 三丁基、甲基丁基(U’3,3-四甲基丁基等)、甲基己糾5_ 二甲基己基等)、乙基己基(2_乙基己基等)、環戊基、環己 基、曱基環己基(2-甲基環己基等)及環己基烷基等。 碳數1〜16之丨價脂肪族烴基中所含之氫原子可經碳數^ 之烷氧基或羧基取代。作為經碳數卜8之烷氧基取代的碳 數1〜16之1價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:丙氧基丙基(3_(異丙氧 基)丙基等)及烷氧基丙基(3-(2_乙基己氧基)丙基等)。作為 經羧基取代之碳數1〜16之脂肪族烴基,可列舉:2_(羧基) 乙基、3-(羧基)丙基及4-(羧基)丁基等。 石反數2〜18之醯基中所含之氫原子可經碳數丨〜8之烷氧基 取代。可具有取代基之碳數2〜18之醯基的碳數係包括取代 基之碳數而計數,其個數較佳為6〜1〇。作為可具有取代基 I49310.doc •22- 201111447 甲氧基苯甲醯 之醯基’例如可列舉:乙醯基、”醯基、 基(對甲氧基苯尹醢基等)等。Ra represents an alkyl group of 1 to 10, preferably 2-ethylhexyl; X and a represent the same meanings as described above. 149310.doc -19- 201111447 Formula 〇b) The compound of π is a compound represented by formula (5). Tautomers. Among them, a compound represented by the formula (5) and a compound represented by the formula (lf) are preferred. The compound represented by the formula (1) can be chlorinated, for example, by a conventional method, by chlorinating the pigment or the pigment intermediate, and the obtained pigment or pigment intermediate having the s〇2ci and the amine represented by r8-nh2 Manufactured by reaction. In addition, the pigment produced by the method described in the method of the right-hand side-to-left bottom of page 3 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 3_787() No. 2, is vaporized in the same manner as described above, and then reacted with an amine to produce. The dye is preferably a dye containing an azo compound, more preferably a dye containing a compound represented by the formula (2): R510 R52~'N^f-A°~N=N-B° (2) (2) wherein 'A° represents a divalent aromatic nicotine group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; The B table may not have a carbon atom number of 6 to 14 of a substituent, or a valence aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of a substituent; the second table: a gas atom, which may have a substituent The carbon number Η one or two or a thiol group having a carbon number of 2 to 18 which may have a substituent; R52 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group]. The compound represented by the formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the formula (2. :: 149310.doc 201111447 (2-1) βΜ|==ν· [(), ζ, ζ2 and Ζ3, respectively, may have a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms of the substituent, -CH2- contained in Ζ1, Ζ2 and Ζ3 may be substituted by -CO- or -〇-; R53 and R54 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and may have a substitution a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, or a fluorenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; A and octagonal independently represent a divalent aromatic having a carbon number of 6 to 14 which may have a substituent a group of a hydrocarbon group; and a B group independently represent a valence aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, n or a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 14 which may have a substituent]. Each of B independently represents a carbon number which may have a substituent, and a carbon number of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of carbon number 16 is not a carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 2 to 1. 〇, more preferably 2 to "2, a divalent aliphatic nicotine group having a slave number of 1 to 16, and a dibasic carbon group may be mentioned, and examples thereof include a methylene fluorene 6 group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a group, and Dihexyl, heptyl, and bis Its octagonal hexa-heptanediyl group, the earth, the fluorenyl group, the tetradecanediyl group and the octa- or oxo-substituted in the carbon number valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The cNI6 aliphatic hydrocarbon group is substituted with a functional atom. The atom of the atom can pass through the gas source ^Z1 and Z2, preferably the number of the rabbits which can contain _〇·1 to 8, more preferably 149310.doc • 21·201111447: the carbon number is 5~7 Alkanediyl. As a preferred group, for example, it may be listed or even tuned. (ch^-〇-(ch2)2-o-(ch2)2-Z3 preferably has a carbon number of 1) The octavalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of ~8 is more preferably an unsubstituted dienyl group of carbon number 8 , more preferably an unsubstituted dialkyl group of carbon number. As a preferred group, for example, (CH2)2_, -(CH2)4- or -CH2-C(=CH2)-. Indicates the carbon number of R53 and R54. The valence aliphatic group can be a straight bond, a branch or a ring. Any one of the carbon atoms of the aliphatic group does not include the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 6 to 1 Å, more preferably 丨 4 to 4. As the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, For example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, and second Butyl, methylbutyl (U'3,3-tetramethylbutyl, etc.), methylhexamidine 5_dimethylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2-ethylhexyl, etc.), cyclopentyl, Cyclohexyl, nonylcyclohexyl (2-methylcyclohexyl, etc.) and cyclohexylalkyl. The hydrogen atom contained in the fluorene aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms may be substituted with an alkoxy group or a carboxyl group having a carbon number. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms which are substituted by the alkoxy group of carbon number 8 include a propoxypropyl group (3-(isopropoxy)propyl group, etc.) and an alkoxypropyl group. (3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propyl, etc.). The aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms which is substituted by a carboxyl group may, for example, be a 2-(carboxy)ethyl group, a 3-(carboxy)propyl group or a 4-(carboxy)butyl group. The hydrogen atom contained in the fluorenyl group of the inverse of 2 to 18 may be substituted with an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨8. The carbon number of the fluorenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms which may have a substituent is counted by the carbon number of the substituent, and the number thereof is preferably 6 to 1 Å. Examples of the fluorenyl group which may have a substituent I49310.doc • 22-201111447 methoxybenzimidate include an ethyl hydrazide group, a fluorenyl group, a benzyl group (p-methoxyphenyl fluorenyl group, etc.).

作為R53及R54,較隹A急塔2 山A 為虱原子、奴數1〜4之1價脂肪族烴 基及碳數2〜5之醢基。作為趫 户馮孕乂佳之基,例如可列舉:氫原 子、乙醯基或丙醯基。 作為表不A1及A2之碳數6〜14之2價芳香族煙基,可列舉 伸苯基及萘二基等’其中較佳為伸苯基。 作為碳數6〜14之2價芳香㈣基之取代基,可列舉:_ 素原子、碳IU〜8之烧基、碳數卜8之院氧基、確基、績酸 基、胺磺醯基及N-取代胺磺醯基等。 作為齒素原子,可列舉氣原子、㈣子、㈣子及㈣ 子等,較佳為氟原子、氣原子或溴原子。 作為碳數1〜8之烧基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異 丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基及己基 等,較佳為碳數丨〜4之烷基,更佳為碳數丨〜2之烷基,尤佳 為甲基。 作為碳數1〜8之烷氧基,可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙 氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三 丁氧基、戊氧基及己氧基等,較佳為碳數丨〜4之烷氧基, 更佳為碳數1〜2之烷氧基,尤佳為曱氧基。 作為N-取代胺磺醯基,可列舉犯^班^及-犯以㊉55)“6, 具體可列舉與作為式(1)所表示之化合物中的_s〇2Nhr8 及-s〇2N(r8)r9而列舉者相同之基。其中,較佳為尺55及汉56 分別獨立為可具有取代基之碳數丨〜丨6之脂肪族烴基、或可 I49310.doc -23. 201111447 具有取代基之碳數2〜18之醯基的队取代胺磺醯基。 及B2分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數價芳 香族煙基、或可具有取代基之碳數3〜14^價芳香族雜環 等 作為碳數6〜14之1價芳香族烴基,可列舉苯基、 萘基 基: 作為碳數3〜14之〗價芳香族雜環基,可列舉以下所示 之As R53 and R54, it is a sulfonium atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a slave number of 1 to 4, and a fluorenyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. As a base of the phlegm, the hydrogen atom, the ethyl sulfonyl group or the propyl fluorenyl group can be mentioned. Examples of the divalent aromatic nicotyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms which represent A1 and A2 include a phenylene group and a naphthyldiyl group. Among them, a phenyl group is preferred. Examples of the substituent of the divalent aromatic (tetra) group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms include a sulfonyl atom, a carbon atom of IU -8, a oxy group of carbon number 8, an acid group, an acid group, and an amine sulfonate. And N-substituted amine sulfonyl groups and the like. Examples of the dentate atom include a gas atom, a (tetra), a (tetra), a (tetra), and the like, and a fluorine atom, a gas atom or a bromine atom is preferred. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group. Preferably, it is an alkyl group having a carbon number of 44, more preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~2, and particularly preferably a methyl group. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a second butoxy group, and a third butoxy group. The group, the pentyloxy group, the hexyloxy group and the like are preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 丨4 or more, more preferably an alkoxy group having a carbon number of 1 to 2, and particularly preferably an anthraceneoxy group. The N-substituted amine sulfonyl group may be exemplified by ss2Nhr8 and -s〇2N (r8) in the compound represented by the formula (1). R9 is the same as the ones listed above. Among them, it is preferred that the ruler 55 and the Han 56 are independently an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨~丨6 which may have a substituent, or may be I49310.doc -23. 201111447 has a substituent a group of sulfhydryl groups having a carbon number of 2 to 18, and B2 each independently represent a carbon number aromatic aromatic group which may have a substituent, or a carbon number of 3 to 14 valent aromatic which may have a substituent Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 14 and a heterocyclic group include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. The valent aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of 3 to 14 may be exemplified below.

0 0 ^ [R表示氫原子或罗基】。 碳數6〜14之1價芳香族烴基及碳數3〜14之1價芳香族雜環 基:所含之氫原子可經羥基、側氧基、碳數價脂 肪族烴基、氰基、胺基或N—取代胺基取代。 曰 作為^Ν-取代胺基,較佳為_NHR57基或·Νν、58基。其 =,Μ7及R58分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數丨〜“之^價 月:肪族煙基、或可具有取代基之碳數3〜14之1價芳香族雜 %基。作為碳數1〜16之1價脂肪族烴基及碳數3〜14之1價芳 香族雜環基,可列舉與上述相同之基。 B及B較佳為分別獨立為式(2-1 a)所示之基: 149310.doc -24· 2011114470 0 ^ [R represents a hydrogen atom or a rhodamine]. a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms and a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 carbon atoms; the hydrogen atom contained may be a hydroxyl group, a pendant oxy group, a carbon number aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a cyano group or an amine group Substituent or N-substituted amine group.曰 As the hydrazine-substituted amino group, _NHR57 group or Νν, 58 group is preferred. And Μ7 and R58 each independently represent a carbon number 取代 which may have a substituent “ “ “ : 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪 肪The monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms and the monovalent aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 14 carbon atoms are the same as those described above. B and B are preferably independently of the formula (2-1 a). The base shown: 149310.doc -24· 201111447

(2-1a) [式(2-la)中’ r59表示氫原子 或可具有取代基之碳數丨~16 之1價脂肪族烴基;y表示可 J具有取代基之碳數丨〜16之1 價脂肪族烴基]。 式(2-1 a)所示之基之吼u定酿! 疋幽丨ί衣可為酮型,亦可為烯醇 型。 作為μ碳數1〜16之丨價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與上述相同 者11較佳為曱基丁基(1,1,3,3-四曱基丁基等)、甲基己 基(1’5-—曱基己基等)、乙基己基(2乙基己基等)、曱基環 己基(2-曱基環己基等)及烷氧基丙基(3_(2_乙基己氧基)丙 基等)等支鏈狀脂肪族烴基。 R較佳為甲基。 作為式(2)所示之化合物,可列舉式(1-1)〜式(1_18)所示之 4匕合物°表中之A1、A2、Ζ丨及Ζ2之右側之鍵表示接近Ζ3之 鍵:(2-1a) [wherein 'r59 in the formula (2-la) represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨~16 which may have a substituent; y represents a carbon number 丨~16 which may have a substituent 1 valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group]. The formula shown in formula (2-1 a) is brewed!疋 丨 丨 衣 can be a ketone type, or an enol type. The anthracene aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a μ carbon number of 1 to 16 is preferably the same as the above, and preferably a mercaptobutyl group (1,1,3,3-tetradecylbutyl group or the like) or a methyl group (1). '5--decylhexyl, etc.), ethylhexyl (2 ethylhexyl, etc.), nonylcyclohexyl (2-fluorenylcyclohexyl, etc.) and alkoxypropyl (3_(2-ethylhexyloxy) a propyl group or the like, such as a branched aliphatic hydrocarbon group. R is preferably a methyl group. Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include a compound represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-18). The bond on the right side of A1, A2, Ζ丨 and Ζ2 in the table indicates that it is close to Ζ3. key:

149310.doc 25· 201111447 [表l] 1-1 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 今 -Or R59 R59' R60 R60' -c2h5 -c2h5 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —Η —H _(CH2)2 — z2側 z1側 [表2] 1-2 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 H3C h3c R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 - C4H9 —ch3 一ch3 R53 R 54 z3 ——H ——H ——(CH2)2一 z2側 z1側 [表3] 1-3 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 h3c h3c -ύ- R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 &quot;C4H9 —ch3 —CH3 R53 R54 z3 VH3 0 VH3 0 -(CH2)8 — z2側 z1側 26- 149310.doc 201111447 [表4] 1-4 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 ch3 ch3 善 R59 R59' R60 R60' -C4H9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 ——Η —H ——(CH2)8 — z2側 z1側 [表5] 1-5 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 Or ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 -C4H9 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4 — z2侧 z】側 [表6] 1-6 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60, 、ch3 、ch3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 ——H —H ——(CH2)8 — z2側 z1侧 27- 149310.doc 201111447 [表7] 1 — 7 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ♦ ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60' 、ch3 CH3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2)4— z2侧 z1側 [表8] 1—8 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59· R60 R60· CH3 CH3 -c2h5 -c2h5 R53 R54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2&gt;8 — z2側 z1側 [表9] 1-9 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60. ^ch3 0 ^ch3 0 —CH3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4 — Z2側 Z1側 -28- 149310.doc 201111447 [表 ι〇]149310.doc 25· 201111447 [Table l] 1-1 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 Present-Or R59 R59' R60 R60' -c2h5 -c2h5 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —Η —H _(CH2)2 — z2 side z1 side [Table 2] 1-2 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 H3C h3c R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 - C4H9 —ch3 A ch3 R53 R 54 z3 ——H ——H ——(CH2)2 Z2 side z1 side [Table 3] 1-3 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 h3c h3c -ύ- R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 &quot;C4H9 —ch3 —CH3 R53 R54 z3 VH3 0 VH3 0 -(CH2)8 — Z2 side z1 side 26- 149310.doc 201111447 [Table 4] 1-4 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 ch3 ch3 Good R59 R59' R60 R60' -C4H9 -c4h9 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 ——Η —H —— (CH2)8 — z2 side z1 side [Table 5] 1-5 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 Or ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60' -c4h9 -C4H9 —ch3 —ch3 R 5 3 R54 z3 —H —H — (CH2)4 — z2 side z] side [Table 6] 1-6 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R 5 9 R59' R60 R60, , ch3 , ch3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 ——H —H ——(CH2)8 — z2 side z1 side 27- 149310.doc 201111447 [Table 7] 1 — 7 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ♦ ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60' , ch3 CH3 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R54 z3 —Η —H —(CH2)4—z2 side z1 side [Table 8] 1-8 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59· R60 R60· CH3 CH3 -c2h5 - C2h5 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2&gt;8 – z2 side z1 side [Table 9] 1-9 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59' R60 R60. ^ch3 0 ^ch3 0 —CH3 — Ch3 R53 R54 z3 —H —H —(CH2)4 — Z2 side Z1 side -28- 149310.doc 201111447 [Table 〇]

1-10 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 4 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, ^ch3 0 ^CH3 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 R S 4 z 3 ——H ——H ——(CHaJe— z2側 z1側 [表 11] I - 1 1 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 普 R6 1 R61' R6 2 R62, —ch3 —ch3 —CH3 —ch3 R53 R54 z 3 —H ——H —(CH2)2 — z2側 z】側 29- 149310.doc 201111447 [表 12] 1 — 12 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 h3c h3c -¾- R6 1 R61, R62 R62' -^^och3 ~^^-〇CH3 -c4h9 -c4h9 R 5 3 R 54 z 3 ——Η —H —(CH2)4 — z2側 z1側 [表 13] 1 — 13 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c h3co_^ R61 R61' R62 R62' -Q-co2c2h5 -c3h7 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 VCH3 0 、ch3 0 ——(CH2)8— z2側 z1側 [表 14] 1 — 14 A1 A2 z 1 Z2 ch3 ch3 R 6 1 R61' R62 R62, —^^*och3 ~^^·〇〇Η3 -C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z 3 Y&quot;CH3 0 Y&quot;CH3 0 ch2 z2側 z1侧 •30· 149310.doc 201111447 [表 15] 1 — 15 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 -a- R6 1 R61, R62 R62, —^^~och3 —^^och3 -c4h9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 V&quot;ch3 0 V^ch3 0 Ύ^· ch2 Z2侧 Z1侧 [表 16] 1 — 16 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 Ό- ch3 R6 1 R6X, R62 R62' —^^-och3 -〇-〇ch3 -C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R 54 Z3 —H ——H ——(CH^s—r z2侧 z1側1-10 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 4 ch3 ch3 ch3 R59 R59, R60 R60, ^ch3 0 ^CH3 0 —ch3 —ch3 R53 RS 4 z 3 ——H ——H ——(CHaJe—z2 side z1 side [ Table 11] I - 1 1 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 P R6 1 R61' R6 2 R62, —ch3 —ch3 —CH3 —ch3 R53 R54 z 3 —H ——H —(CH2)2 — z2 side z] side 29- 149310.doc 201111447 [Table 12] 1 — 12 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 h3c h3c -3⁄4- R6 1 R61, R62 R62' -^^och3 ~^^-〇CH3 -c4h9 -c4h9 R 5 3 R 54 z 3 ——Η —H —(CH2)4 — z2 side z1 side [Table 13] 1 — 13 A1 A2 z 1 z2 h3c h3co_^ R61 R61' R62 R62' -Q-co2c2h5 -c3h7 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 VCH3 0, ch3 0 ——(CH2)8—z2 side z1 side [Table 14] 1 — 14 A1 A2 z 1 Z2 ch3 ch3 R 6 1 R61' R62 R62, —^^*och3 ~^^·〇〇Η3 - C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z 3 Y&quot;CH3 0 Y&quot;CH3 0 ch2 z2 side z1 side •30· 149310.doc 201111447 [Table 15] 1 — 15 A1 A2 z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 -a- R6 1 R61, R62 R62 , —^^~och3 —^^och3 -c4h9 -c4h9 R53 R54 z3 V&quot;ch3 0 V^ch3 0 Ύ^· ch2 Z2 side Z1 side [Table 16] 1 — 16 A1 A 2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ch3 Ό- ch3 R6 1 R6X, R62 R62' —^^-och3 -〇-〇ch3 -C4H9 -c4h9 R53 R 54 Z3 —H ——H ——(CH^s—r z2 side z1 side

Rw·Rw·

OHOH

=N=N

A1A1

HO 149310.doc -31 · 201111447 [表 17] 1 — 17 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 Cl Cl R53 R54 R63 R63, —Η —H —ch3 —ch3 Ζ3 -(CH^ — ζ2側 ζ1側 r64,hnHO 149310.doc -31 · 201111447 [Table 17] 1 - 17 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 Cl Cl R53 R54 R63 R63, —Η —H —ch3 —ch3 Ζ3 —(CH^ — ζ2 side ζ1 side r64,hn

—A1—N—A1—N

HR64 ResHHR64 ResH

[表 18] 1-18 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ~ύ~ ch3 R64 R64' r65 R65' -o R53 R54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2)8一 % z2側 z1侧[Table 18] 1-18 A1 A2 Z 1 z2 ch3 ~ύ~ ch3 R64 R64' r65 R65' -o R53 R54 z3 —H —H ——(CH2)8−% z2 side z1 side

R^HN-^ N=l OH OR54 Ο O RwO N-A2-眷一A-Ζ2-Ο—(ϋ—Ζ3一ΐ一Ο-*Ζ1-Ν-^-Α1&quot;&quot;Ν=ΝR^HN-^ N=l OH OR54 Ο O RwO N-A2-眷一A-Ζ2-Ο—(ϋ—Ζ3一ΐ一Ο-*Ζ1-Ν-^-Α1&quot;&quot;Ν=Ν

NHRe6 I493l0.doc -32- 201111447 [表 19]NHRe6 I493l0.doc -32- 201111447 [Table 19]

1-19 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 普 ~Q~ R53 R54 R66 R66' ——Η —H ——H ——H Ζ 3 —(CH2&gt;8— Ζ2側 Ζ1側 [表 20]1-19 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 General ~Q~ R53 R54 R66 R66' ——Η——H ——H ——H Ζ 3 —(CH2&gt;8—Ζ2 side Ζ1 side [Table 20]

1-20 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 令 R 5 3 R 5 4 z3 —H ——H -(CH2)8 — z2側 z1側 [表 21] 1 — 21 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 令 R53 R 54 Z3 —H —H —(OH^e — z2側 z1侧 -33- 149310.doc 201111447 5較佳:B1與B2為相同種類之基,進而更佳為V與 ’、R Z與Z分別為相同種類之基。若為該等基,則 式(2-1)所示之化合物容易製造。 式㈤)所示之化合物可藉由在溶劑中,使式(I_A)所示 之化口物及式(Ι-A1)所示之化合物、與式(I B)所示之化合 物於0〜150。(:下反應而製造: Η一〇—21- R530 I it ~N—S一A1—N=N—B1 (I-A) 0 Η—〇—22- RS4〇 -N—S一A2—N=N—B2 (I-A') δ 〇 Λ» 0 R67-C—23-C-Rw (I-B) [式(I-A)、式(Ι·Α’)及式(I-B)中,Ζι、z2、Z3、r53、r54、 A、A2、b1及b2表示與上述相同之含義; R67及R68分別獨立表示-OR69或齒素原子;R⑪表示i價之 碳數1〜16之脂肪族烴基]。 :丙二酸二甲酯、琥 —乙酯、丙二醯氣、 作為式(I-B)所示之化合物,可列舉 ϊ白酸異丁酯、己二酸二甲酯及辛二酸 琥珀醯氣、己二醯氯及辛二醯氯等。 式(I-B)所示之化合物之使用量相對於式(I A)所示之化 合物與式(Ι-A’)所示之化合物之合計量ϊ莫耳例如較佳為 〇_5〜3莫耳。再者,於溶劑中含有水之情形時,較佳為較 上述量過剩地使用式(I-B)所示之化合物。 於式(I-B)所示之化合物之R31及R”為-〇R33之情形 J 平乂 149310.doc -34- 201111447 4為添加A知之酸觸媒。作為酸觸媒,可列舉硫酸、對甲 苯續酸等。酸觸媒之使用量㈣於式(I_A)所示之化合物與 式(I-A )所不之化合物之合計4 1莫耳例如較佳為㈣ 耳。 式(Ι·Α)所示之化合物及式(Ι-A,)所示之化合物、與式 ㈣所示之化合物之反應係於溶劑中進行。作為溶劑,例 如奴佳為纟’ Μ_二噚烷等醚類(尤其是環狀醚類);氯 :氯甲烷、四氣化碳、二氯乙烷、二氣乙烯、三 氯乙烯、全氯乙稀、二氯丙烧、氯戍燒、1,2-二漠乙院等 ΰ化k類’丙酉同、甲基異丁基_、環己嗣等嗣類;苯、甲 本一甲本寻碳系芳香族類;N,N-二甲基曱醯胺、N,N_: 土甲醯胺N,N- 一甲基乙酿胺、N_甲基〇比口各咬嗣等烧基 醯胺類等’亦可併用兩種以上溶劑。溶劑之使用量相對於 式(I_A)所示之化合物與式(Μ,)所示之化合物之合計量巧 量份例如較佳為丨〜”質量份.,更佳為2〜1〇質量份。 式(Ι-A)所示之化合物及式(I_A,)所示之化合物、與式 (I'B)所示之化合物之反應較佳為於氮氣環境下或氬氣環境 下進行’亦可於經氣化每等乾燥之空氣下進行反應。 反應溫度例如較佳為〇〜15代,更佳為1〇〜13代。反應 時間例如較佳為卜乃小時,更佳為3〜15小時。 式(Ι-A)所示之化合物、式(I_A,)所示之化合物、式屮b) 所示之化合物及溶劑之添加順序並無特別限定,較佳為於 包含式(I-A)所示之化合物、式(Ι-A,)所示之化合物及溶劑 的岭液中添加(滴加)式(I_B)所示之化合物。於使用酸觸媒 U9310.doc -35- 201111447 之情形時,較佳為於包含式(I-A)所示之化合物、式(J_Ai) 所示之化合物、酸觸媒及溶劑的溶液中添加(滴加)式 所示之化合物。 由以上述方式獲得之反應混合物獲得作為目標化合物之 式(2 1)所示之化合物的方法並無特別限定,可採用公知之 各種方法’例如可藉由利用有機溶劑萃取反應混合物而純 化又,亦可視需要藉由利用鹼性水溶液或酸性水溶液之 洗淨、再結晶等公知之方法,進一步進行純化。 又,式(2-1)所示之化合物可藉由使式(IC)所示之化合 物、與式㈣所示之化合物及式㈣,)所示之化合物進: 偶合反應而製造。可藉由使式㈣所示之化合物之鹽、與 式(I_D)所示之化合物及式(Μ)ι)所示之化合物例如於水性 溶劑中’於20〜航下反應而製造式(2-1)所示之化合物: N=N—A2- Θ Ο II S- II Ο «?54 〇 〇 Z2—Ο—C—7?一c- R53〇 °^21-n-s-a1-nsn 〇 ㊉ X· (I-C) H—B1 (I-D ) H—B2 (I-D· &gt;1-20 A1 A2 Z 1 z 2 Let R 5 3 R 5 4 z3 —H ——H —(CH2)8 — z2 side z1 side [Table 21] 1 — 21 A1 A2 z 1 z 2 Let R53 R 54 Z3 —H —H —(OH^e — z2 side z1 side-33- 149310.doc 201111447 5 preferably: B1 and B2 are the same type of base, and more preferably V and ', RZ and Z are the same type respectively. If it is such a group, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) can be easily produced. The compound represented by the formula (5)) can be obtained by using a compound represented by the formula (I-A) and a formula (in the solvent). The compound represented by Ι-A1) and the compound represented by the formula (IB) are in the range of 0 to 150. (: Manufactured under the reaction: Η一〇—21- R530 I it ~N-S-A1—N=N—B1 (IA) 0 Η—〇—22- RS4〇-N—S—A2—N=N —B2 (I-A') δ 〇Λ» 0 R67-C—23-C-Rw (IB) [Formula (IA), Formula (Ι·Α'), and Formula (IB), Ζι, z2, Z3 And r53, r54, A, A2, b1 and b2 have the same meanings as defined above; R67 and R68 each independently represent -OR69 or a dentate atom; and R11 represents an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an i-valent carbon number of 1 to 16]. Dimethyl dicarboxylate, succinyl-ethyl ester, and propylene dioxime, as a compound represented by the formula (IB), examples thereof include isobutyl phthalate, dimethyl adipate, and amber azelate. Dichloro, octyl chloride, etc. The amount of the compound represented by the formula (IB) is compared with the total amount of the compound represented by the formula (IA) and the compound represented by the formula (Ι-A'). Preferably, it is 〇5 to 3 mol. Further, when water is contained in the solvent, it is preferred to use a compound represented by the formula (IB) in excess of the above amount. The compound represented by the formula (IB) The case where R31 and R" are -〇R33 J 平乂149310.doc -34- 201111447 4 is Tim An acid catalyst known as A. Examples of the acid catalyst include sulfuric acid, p-toluene acid, etc. The amount of the acid catalyst used is (4) the total of the compound represented by the formula (I_A) and the compound of the formula (IA). 1 mol is preferably (4). The compound represented by the formula (Ι·Α) and the compound represented by the formula (Ι-A,) and the compound represented by the formula (IV) are reacted in a solvent. For example, slaves are ethers such as 纟'Μ_dioxane (especially cyclic ethers); chlorine: methyl chloride, carbon tetrachloride, dichloroethane, diethylene glycol, trichloroethylene, perchloroethylene Diluted, dichloropropanol, chlorpyrifos, 1,2-two deserts, etc., such as sputum k-type propyl hydrazine, methyl isobutyl _, cyclohexanyl and the like; benzene, Abenben Carbon-based aromatics; N,N-dimethyl decylamine, N,N_: carbamide, N,N-methyl ethanoamine, N-methyl hydrazine, etc. It is also possible to use two or more solvents in combination with a guanamine or the like. The amount of the solvent used is preferably 丨~" with respect to the total amount of the compound represented by the formula (I_A) and the compound represented by the formula (?). Part by mass. More preferably 2 〜1〇质量份。 The compound of the formula (Ι-A) and the compound of the formula (I_A), and the compound of the formula (I'B) are preferably reacted under a nitrogen atmosphere or argon gas. The reaction can be carried out under the environment, and the reaction can be carried out under air-cooled air. The reaction temperature is, for example, preferably 〇15 to 15 generations, more preferably 1 〇 to 13 passages. The reaction time is preferably, for example, a bubbly hour. The order of addition of the compound represented by the formula (Ι-A), the compound represented by the formula (I_A), the compound represented by the formula (b), and the solvent is not particularly limited, and is preferably A compound represented by the formula (I-B) is added (dropwise) to a mulch containing a compound represented by the formula (IA), a compound represented by the formula (Ι-A), and a solvent. In the case of using the acid catalyst U9310.doc -35-201111447, it is preferably added to a solution containing a compound represented by the formula (IA), a compound represented by the formula (J_Ai), an acid catalyst, and a solvent. Add a compound of the formula). The method of obtaining the compound represented by the formula (2 1) as the target compound from the reaction mixture obtained in the above manner is not particularly limited, and various known methods can be employed, for example, by extracting the reaction mixture with an organic solvent, and purifying, Further, purification may be further carried out by a known method such as washing or recrystallization using an aqueous alkaline solution or an acidic aqueous solution. Further, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) can be produced by a coupling reaction of a compound represented by the formula (IC), a compound represented by the formula (IV) and a compound represented by the formula (IV), (). The formula (2) can be produced by reacting a salt of the compound represented by the formula (IV) with a compound represented by the formula (I-D) and a compound represented by the formula (Μ)), for example, in an aqueous solvent. -1) Compound shown: N=N—A2- Θ Ο II S- II Ο «?54 〇〇Z2—Ο—C—7?—c- R53〇°^21-ns-a1-nsn 〇10 X· (IC) H—B1 (ID ) H—B2 (ID· &gt;

R R· V 、 A2 、 B1 (式(1-C)及式(i-D)中,z1、Z2、z: 及B表示與上述相同之含義; 1表示無機或有機陰離子)。 作為式(Ι-C)所示之化合物之|地 與… 卜 物之無機或有機陰離子,可列 舉.鼠化物離子、氣化物離子 溴化物離子、碘化物離 子、過氯酸離子、次氯酸離子、 物離 卞 CH3-C00·、Ph c〇〇.等, 149310.doc -36 · 201111447 供人: 、肖車乂佳為含有以偶氤化合物作為配位體之金屬 ;口勿的木料’更佳為含有式⑺所示之化合物之染料。式 T之化合物為鉻錯陰離子或鈷錯陰離子與陽離子之 鹽:R R· V , A2 , B1 (in the formula (1-C) and the formula (i-D), z1, Z2, z: and B have the same meanings as described above; 1 represents an inorganic or organic anion). Examples of the inorganic or organic anion of the compound represented by the formula (Ι-C), and the inorganic or organic anion, can be exemplified by a mouse compound ion, a vaporized ion bromide ion, an iodide ion, a perchloric acid ion, and hypochlorous acid. Ions, ions, 卞CH3-C00·, Ph c〇〇., etc., 149310.doc -36 · 201111447 Suppliers: 肖车乂佳 is a metal containing a ruthenium compound as a ligand; More preferably, it is a dye containing the compound represented by formula (7). The compound of formula T is a chromium cation anion or a salt of a cobalt cation anion and a cation:

較列舉氣化物離子、漠化物離子、cH3_c〇〇·。 [式(3)中’ R〜R 8分別獨立表示氫原子、鹵素原子、碳數 之1價脂肪族烴基、硝基、苯基、_s〇2NHRa3Q、jo〆或 COORa31 ; R及Ra2。分別獨立表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或胺基; R及R刀別獨立表示氫原子、碳數1〜1 〇之1價烴基, s玄烴基中所含之_CH2·可經或_c〇-取代; M1表示Cr或Co ; η1表示1〜5之整數; D1表示氫陽離子(hydron)、1價金屬陽離子或源自具有 p山口星骨架之化合物的1價陽離子]。 作為Ral〜Ra18表示之碳數i〜8之1價脂肪族烴基,可列 舉·甲基、乙基、正丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、 149310.doc -37· 201111447 第三丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛基、癸基、卜 曱基丁基、1,1,3,3-四甲基丁基、ls5_二甲基己基、以-二 甲基庚基、2 -乙基己基及ι,ι,5,5·四甲基己基等。 作為表示及心之碳數wo。價㈣,可列舉:碳 數1 1〇之Η貝脂肪族經基、碳數gqoii價脂環式烴基、碳 數6〜⑺之丨價芳香族烴基、及組合該等而成之碳數*〜⑺之 基。作為碳數之1價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與上述相同 之基,作為碳數6〜1〇之丨價芳香族烴基,可列舉與表示式 (υ所示之化合物之q者相同之基。作為碳數3〜1〇之丨價脂 環式烴基,可列舉:環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環癸基 等。 ' 舉More enumeration of vapor ions, desert ions, cH3_c〇〇·. In the formula (3), R to R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number, a nitro group, a phenyl group, _s〇2NHRa3Q, jo〆 or COORa31; R and Ra2. Respectively represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or an amine group; R and R respectively represent a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 1 fluorene, and a _CH 2 · contained in the s-xyl hydrocarbon group may be passed through or C〇-substituted; M1 represents Cr or Co; η1 represents an integer of 1 to 5; D1 represents a hydrogen cation, a monovalent metal cation or a monovalent cation derived from a compound having a p-mountain skeleton. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number i to 8 represented by Ral to Ra18 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, and second butyl group, and 149310.doc-37· 201111447 tert-butyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, decyl, decyl butyl, 1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl, ls5-dimethylhexyl, - dimethyl heptyl, 2-ethylhexyl and iota, ι, 5,5·tetramethylhexyl and the like. As the carbon number of the expression and heart. The valence (four) may be exemplified by a mussel aliphatic group having a carbon number of 1 〇, a glycerol group having a carbon number of gqoii, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 7 (7), and a carbon number of the combination thereof* The base of ~(7). The monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number is the same as the above, and the valence-valent aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å is the same as the group represented by the formula (the compound represented by υ). Examples of the alicyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 3 to 1 Å include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclodecyl group and the like.

Ra32-〇-Ra33、-Ra32-c〇-〇_R 作為-CH2-取代成_〇_或_c〇_之上述烴基,可列Ra32-〇-Ra33, -Ra32-c〇-〇_R is substituted as -CH2- to the above hydrocarbon group of _〇_ or _c〇_, which can be listed

Ra32-0-CO-R a33 a33Ra32-0-CO-R a33 a33

Ra32為碳數卜8之2價脂肪族烴基,Ra33為碳數HU價脂 肪族烴基。 作為表示以32之碳數1〜8之2價脂肪族烴基,可列舉:亞 曱基、伸乙基、丙烷十3-二基、丙烷·1,2-二基、丁烷-M- 二基、丁烷-1’3-二基、戊烷十5_二基、己烷十6二基、庚 烷-l,l二基、辛烷_丨,8_二基等。 作為可列舉:甲氧基甲基、乙氧基甲基、 :氧基曱基、曱氧基乙基、乙氧基乙基、丙氧基乙基、甲 乳基丙基、乙氧基丙基、丙氧基丙基、2·側氧基_4_曱氧基 :辛氧基丙基、3-乙氧基丙基、3_(2_乙基己氧基)丙 基等。 149310.doc •38· 201111447 作為-Ra32-CO-〇-Ra33 ’可列舉:甲氧基羰基甲基、曱氧 基羰基乙基、乙氧基羰基曱基、乙氧基羰基乙基、丙氧基 羰基曱基、丙氧基羰基乙基、丁氧基羰基甲基、丁氧基羰 基乙基等。 作為-Ra32-0-C0-Ra33,可列舉:乙醯氧基曱基、乙醯氧 基乙基、乙基羰氧基甲基、乙基羰氧基乙基、丙基羰氧基 曱基、丙基羰氧基乙基、丁基羰氧基甲基、丁基羰氧基乙 基等。 作為-S〇2NHRa3Q,可列舉:胺項酷基; N-甲基胺%醯基、N-乙基胺續醯基、N-丙基胺確醢基、 N-異丙基胺磺醯基、N- 丁基胺磺醯基、N-異丁基胺磺醯 基、N-第二丁基胺磺醯基、N_第三丁基胺磺醯基、N_戊基 胺磺醯基、N-(l-乙基丙基)胺磺醯基、二曱基丙基) 胺績醯基、N-(l,2-二甲基丙基)胺磺醯基、n-(2,2-二甲基 丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(l-甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、N_(2_甲基丁 基)胺磺醯基、Ν·(3-甲基丁基)胺磺酿基、Ν·環戊基胺磺醯 基、Ν-己基胺磺醯基、Ν-( 1,3-二甲基丁基)胺磺醯基、Ν_ (3,3-一曱基丁基)胺續醯基、Ν-庚基胺績醯基、Ν_(ι _甲基 己基)胺磺醯基、N-(l,4-二甲基戊基)胺磺醯基、Ν_辛基胺 磺醯基、Ν-(2-乙基己基)胺磺醯基、Ν_(1,5_二甲基)己基胺 磺醯基、N-(l,l,2,2-四曱基丁基)胺磺醯基、Ν_烯丙基胺磺 醯基等經脂肪族烴基取代之脖續醯基; Ν-(2·甲氧基乙基)胺磺醯基、ν-(2-乙氧基乙基)胺磺醯 基、N-(l -甲氧基丙基)胺續酸基、ν-(3-曱氧基丙基)胺續 149310.doc •39· 201111447 醯基、N-(3-乙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(3-丙氧基丙基)胺 磺醯基、N-(3-異丙氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、n-(3-己氧基丙 基)胺磺醯基、N-(2-乙基己氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、n-(3-第 三丁氧基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(4-辛氧基丁基)胺磺醯基等 經-R31-0-R32取代之胺磺醯基; N-(甲氧基羰基甲基)胺磺醯基、N-(甲氧基羰基乙基)胺 磺醯基、N-(乙氧基羰基甲基)胺磺醯基、N_(乙氧基羰基乙 基)胺磺醯基、N-(丙氧基羰基f基)胺磺醯基、n-(丙氧基 幾基乙基)胺磺醯基、N-(丁氧基羰基曱基)胺磺醯基、N_ (丁氧基幾基乙基)胺續醯基等經_r31_C〇_〇_r32取代之胺石黃 醯基; N-(乙醯氧基曱基)胺磺醯基、(乙醯氧基乙基)胺磺醯 基、N-(乙基羰氧基曱基)胺磺醯基、N_(乙基羰氧基乙基) 胺續醯基、N-(丙基羰氧基曱基)胺磺醯基、N-(丙基羰氧基 乙基)胺磺醢基、N·(丁基羰氧基曱基)胺磺醯基、N-(丁基 截氧基乙基)胺續醯基等經_r3i_〇_C〇_r32取代之胺續醯 基; N•環己基胺磺醯基、N-(2-曱基環己基)胺磺醯基、N-(3- 曱基環己基)胺磺醯基、N-(4-甲基環己基)胺磺醯基、N- (4-丁基環己基)胺磺醯基等經具有取代基之環己基取代之 胺磺醯基; N-节基胺磺醯基、N_(1_苯基乙基)胺磺醯基、n_(2-苯基 乙基)胺項醯基、N-(3-苯基丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(4-苯基丁 基)胺確基、N-[2-(2-萘基)乙基]胺磺醯基、N-[2-(4-甲基 149310.doc 201111447 苯基)乙基]胺磺醯基、N-(3-苯基-1·丙基)胺磺醯基、N-(3- 苯基-1-甲基丙基)胺磺醯基等經芳烷基取代之胺磺醯基 等。 就具有耐熱性較高之傾向方面而言,較佳為Ral〜RalS中 之至少1個為硝基。 作為R及R ,較佳為碳數1〜8之1價脂肪族烴基、可經碳 數1〜4之烷基取代之環己基、·Ra32_〇 Ra33、_Ra32_c〇 〇 Ra33 及-Ra32-0-CO-R_a33 0 式(3)所示之化合物中, °比°坐偶氮化合物之較佳例, 之化合物等: 作為成為錯陰離子之配位體的 可列舉式(Ι-al)〜式(i_a56)所示 1493l0.doc •41 - 201111447Ra32 is a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group of carbon number 8, and Ra33 is a carbon number HU aliphatic aliphatic group. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 1 to 8 of 32 include an anthracenylene group, an ethylidene group, a propane, a tert-1,3-diyl group, a propane·1,2-diyl group, and a butane-M-diene group. Base, butane-1'3-diyl, pentane deca-diyl, hexane decadanyl, heptane-l,l-diyl, octane-oxime, 8-diyl and the like. Examples thereof include a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, an oxycarbonyl group, a decyloxyethyl group, an ethoxyethyl group, a propoxyethyl group, a methyl lactyl group, and an ethoxy group. Base, propoxypropyl, 2·oxy _4-methoxyl: octyloxypropyl, 3-ethoxypropyl, 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)propyl and the like. 149310.doc •38· 201111447 As -Ra32-CO-〇-Ra33 'may be exemplified: methoxycarbonylmethyl, decyloxycarbonylethyl, ethoxycarbonyl fluorenyl, ethoxycarbonylethyl, propoxy Carbocarbonyl fluorenyl, propoxycarbonylethyl, butoxycarbonylmethyl, butoxycarbonylethyl and the like. Examples of -Ra32-0-C0-Ra33 include an ethyl methoxy fluorenyl group, an ethyl ethoxyethyl group, an ethyl carbonyloxymethyl group, an ethyl carbonyloxyethyl group, and a propylcarbonyloxy fluorenyl group. And propylcarbonyloxyethyl, butylcarbonyloxymethyl, butylcarbonyloxyethyl and the like. As -S〇2NHRa3Q, an amine terminus; N-methylamine% thiol, N-ethylamine thiol, N-propylamine sulfhydryl, N-isopropylamine sulfonyl , N-butylamine sulfonyl, N-isobutylamine sulfonyl, N-tert-butylamine sulfonyl, N-t-butylamine sulfonyl, N-pentylamine sulfonyl , N-(l-ethylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, dimethyl propyl) amide, N-(l,2-dimethylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, n-(2, 2-Dimethylpropyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(1-methylbutyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(2-methylbutyl)aminesulfonyl, Ν·(3-methylbutyl Amine sulfonate, Ν·cyclopentylamine sulfonyl, Ν-hexylamine sulfonyl, Ν-(1,3-dimethylbutyl)amine sulfonyl, Ν_ (3,3- Nonylbutyl)amine hydrazino, hydrazine-heptylamine fluorenyl, Ν_(ι-methylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(l,4-dimethylpentyl)amine sulfonyl, Ν_octylamine sulfonyl, Ν-(2-ethylhexyl)amine sulfonyl, Ν_(1,5-dimethyl)hexylamine sulfonyl, N-(l,l,2,2- Alkyl sulfonyl group, fluorenyl-allylamine sulfonyl group, etc. substituted by an aliphatic hydrocarbon group ; Ν-(2. methoxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, ν-(2-ethoxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(1-methoxypropyl)amine acid group, ν -(3-decyloxypropyl)amine continued 149310.doc •39· 201111447 fluorenyl, N-(3-ethoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-propoxypropyl)amine Sulfonyl, N-(3-isopropoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, n-(3-hexyloxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(2-ethylhexyloxypropyl) Aminesulfonyl, n-(3-tert-butoxypropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(4-octyloxy)amine sulfonyl, etc. substituted with -R31-0-R32 Sulfhydryl; N-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(methoxycarbonylethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(ethoxycarbonylmethyl)amine sulfonyl, N_( Ethoxycarbonylethyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(propoxycarbonylfyl)aminesulfonyl, n-(propoxymethyl)aminesulfonyl, N-(butoxycarbonyl) Amine sulfonyl, N-(butoxymethylethyl)amine, hydrazino, etc., substituted with _r31_C〇_〇_r32, amine oxonium; N-(ethyloxyindenyl)amine sulfonate (Ethyloxyethyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(ethylcarbonyloxyanthracene Aminesulfonyl, N_(ethylcarbonyloxyethyl)amine hydrazide, N-(propylcarbonyloxyindenyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(propylcarbonyloxyethyl)amine Amine substituted by _r3i_〇_C〇_r32, such as sulfonyl, N.(butylcarbonyloxyindenyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(butyl-tert-oxyethyl)amine Sulfhydryl; N•cyclohexylamine sulfonyl, N-(2-mercaptocyclohexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(3-decylcyclohexyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(4-methyl ring Aminesulfonyl group substituted with a cyclohexyl group having a substituent such as hexylsulfonyl group, N-(4-butylcyclohexyl)amine sulfonyl group; N-phenylamine sulfonyl group, N_(1_benzene) Alkyl sulfonyl, n-(2-phenylethyl)amine fluorenyl, N-(3-phenylpropyl)amine sulfonyl, N-(4-phenylbutyl)amine , N-[2-(2-naphthyl)ethyl]amine sulfonyl, N-[2-(4-methyl 149310.doc 201111447 phenyl)ethyl]amine sulfonyl, N-(3 An arylsulfonyl group substituted with an aralkyl group such as a phenyl-1-propyl group, an aminesulfonyl group or an N-(3-phenyl-1-methylpropyl)amine sulfonyl group. In terms of having a tendency to have high heat resistance, at least one of Ral to RalS is preferably a nitro group. R and R are preferably a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, · Ra32_〇Ra33, _Ra32_c〇〇Ra33 and -Ra32-0. -CO-R_a33 0 In the compound represented by the formula (3), a preferred example of the ratio of the ° azo compound, a compound or the like: as a ligand which becomes a wrong anion, a formula (Ι-al)~ (i_a56) shown 1493l0.doc •41 - 201111447

(1-a5) (1-a7)(1-a5) (1-a7)

(1-a2) (1-a4) (1-a6) (1-a8)(1-a2) (1-a4) (1-a6) (1-a8)

(1-a10) (1-a12)(1-a10) (1-a12)

(1-a14)(1-a14)

(1-a16)(1-a16)

(1-a18) (1-a20) 149310.doc •42 201111447(1-a18) (1-a20) 149310.doc •42 201111447

H2N02SH2N02S

(1-a23) (1-a25)(1-a23) (1-a25)

02N02N

〇H HO〇H HO

ch3 n=n~〇. (1-a26) so2nh2 02N z OH HOCh3 n=n~〇. (1-a26) so2nh2 02N z OH HO

(1-327) v^N〇2 (1_a29) 〇H HO(1-327) v^N〇2 (1_a29) 〇H HO

(1-a28) (1-a30)(1-a28) (1-a30)

(1-a33)(1-a33)

(1a-32) (1-a34) O2N N=/ /=yCH3 r^VNV~N=N-A ^ (1.a35&gt;(1a-32) (1-a34) O2N N=/ /=yCH3 r^VNV~N=N-A ^ (1.a35&gt;

〇H HO Ηί\ν^Ν=〇H HO Ηί\ν^Ν=

(1-a36) ^ in H〇r'寧2(1-a36) ^ in H〇r'Ning 2

N=N-&lt;\、/&gt; (1-a38) SO2NH2 149310.doc -43- (1-a42) (I^a44) (1-a46) (1&gt;a48) (1-a50) (1-a52) 201111447N=N-&lt;\,/&gt; (1-a38) SO2NH2 149310.doc -43- (1-a42) (I^a44) (1-a46) (1&gt;a48) (1-a50) (1 -a52) 201111447

149310.doc 201111447149310.doc 201111447

149310.doc -46 -149310.doc -46 -

(1-b20) 201111447(1-b20) 201111447

ΘΘ

h〇3sH〇3s

(1-b28)(1-b28)

149310.doc -47- 201111447149310.doc -47- 201111447

ΘΘ

Cl ch2ch3 (1-b31) Θ .Cr-^ h3ch2c JLT~\ (1-632) ho3s so3h (14)33) Θ Η#。#Cl ch2ch3 (1-b31) Θ .Cr-^ h3ch2c JLT~\ (1-632) ho3s so3h (14)33) Θ Η#. #

Θ (1-b34) σ N〇2Θ (1-b34) σ N〇2

hozs cr xrHozs cr xr

SO3H o X) (1‘W5) o2n so3h eSO3H o X) (1‘W5) o2n so3h e

Θ (1 七 36) N〇2 .crΘ (1 VII 36) N〇2 .cr

Ό H〇2 Θ H03S'Ό H〇2 Θ H03S'

o2n (1-b37) (1-639)O2n (1-b37) (1-639)

Θ (1-b3e) Θ (1-b40) 149310.doc -48- 201111447Θ (1-b3e) Θ (1-b40) 149310.doc -48- 201111447

子。作為具有p山喔骨架之化合物,可列舉式(丨)戶“ 離 D1為氫陽離子、1½金屬陽離子或源自具有咄嗤骨架之 化合物的1價陽離子。其中,就所得彩色濾光片之亮度較 高方面而言,較佳為源自具有P山嗤骨架之化合物的1價陽 示之化 149310.doc -49· 201111447 合物。 作為式(3)邱 - a _ 不之化合物,就於有機溶劑中之溶解性方 車乂佳為式(3-1)所示之化合物:child. As the compound having a p-Hawthorn skeleton, a monovalent cation derived from a compound having a ruthenium skeleton or a monovalent cation derived from a compound having an anthracene skeleton can be exemplified by the formula (丨), wherein the brightness of the obtained color filter is obtained. In a higher aspect, it is preferably a monovalent cation of 149310.doc-49·201111447 derived from a compound having a P-Hawthorn skeleton. As a compound of the formula (3) Qiu-a _ The compound in the organic solvent is a compound represented by the formula (3-1):

[式(3-1)中’ Ra4!〜Ra58互相獨立表示氫原子、鹵素原子、 石反數1〜8之1價脂肪族烴基、硝基、磺酸基或_s〇2NHRa34 ; R表不氮原子、碳數1〜8之1價脂肪族烴基、可經碳數 1 4之院基取代之環己基、_Ra32_〇 Ra33、_Ra32 c〇 〇 Ra33、 -Ra32=D-C〇-R…或碳數7〜1〇之芳烷基;[In the formula (3-1), 'Ra4! to Ra58 independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an inverse number of 1 to 8, a nitro group, a sulfonic acid group or _s〇2NHRa34; a nitrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with a group having a carbon number of 14 or 4, _Ra32_〇Ra33, _Ra32 c〇〇Ra33, -Ra32=DC〇-R... or carbon a number of 7 to 1 argon;

Ra32表示碳數1〜8之2價脂肪族烴基; R表不碳數1〜8之1價脂肪族烴基; R及Ra6°互相獨立表示氫原子、甲基、乙基或胺基; M2表示Cr或Co ; R互相獨立表示氫原子、碳數1〜8之1價艏肪族烴 基、或碳數6〜1〇之1價芳香族烴基,該脂肪族烴基及該芳 香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經經基、備32、磺酸 基、_S〇3Na、-S〇3K或鹵素原子取代;Ra32 represents a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; R represents a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; R and Ra6° independently represent a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group or an amine group; Cr or Co; R independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms, which is contained in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrogen atom may be substituted by a base, a sulfonate group, a sulfonic acid group, _S〇3Na, -S〇3K or a halogen atom;

Ra25及Ra26分別獨立表示氳原子或甲基; 149310.doc •50- 201111447Ra25 and Ra26 respectively represent a ruthenium atom or a methyl group; 149310.doc •50- 201111447

Ra27表示伸乙基、丙烷-U —二基或丙烷·丨,2•二基;Ra27 represents ethyl, propane-U-diyl or propane·丨, 2•diyl;

Ra28表示氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基; η表不1〜4之整數。為2以上之整數之情形時,複數個 R27可相互相同亦可不同]。 作為碳數1〜8之1價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與表示上述 Ral〜Ra丨8者相同之基。 作為碳數1〜8之2價脂肪族烴基,可列舉與表示上述Ra32 者相同之基。 作為碳數1〜4之烷基,可列舉:甲基、乙基、正丙基、 異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等。 作為碳數6〜10之1價芳香族烴基,可列舉:苯基、甲基 苯基、二曱基苯基、三甲基苯基、乙基苯基、丙基苯基、 丁基苯基、萘基等芳基;节基、二苯基甲基、苯基乙基、 3 -本基丙基等芳烧基等。 作為可經碳數丨〜4之烷基取代之環己基’可列舉:2_甲 基裱己基、2-乙基環己基、丙基環己基、2_異丙基環己 基、2-丁基環己基、4·甲基環己基、心乙基環己基、心丙 基環己基、4-異丙基環己基、4_丁基環己基等。 就具有耐熱性較咼之傾向方面而言,較佳為匕Ra58中 之至少1個為硝基。 又,較佳為RRa45中之至少!個及Ra46〜Ra5〇中之至少^ 個為磺酸基或-S〇2NHRa34,更佳為_s〇2NHRa34。其中, R較佳為氫原子或碳數丨〜8之〗價脂肪族烴基,更佳為氫 原子或2-乙基己基。於具有複數個_S02NHRa34之情形時^ J49310.doc -51 · 201111447 該等可相互相同亦可不同。 就色密度提高之方面而言,作為R气Ra24’較佳 ==取代基之碳數―脂肪族烴基,更佳為氣 席子或乙基。Ra28 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; n represents an integer of 1 to 4. In the case of an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of R27s may be the same or different from each other]. Examples of the monovalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include the same groups as those of the above Ral to Ra丨8. Examples of the divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include the same groups as those of the above Ra32. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. Examples of the monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, a dinonylphenyl group, a trimethylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a propylphenyl group, and a butylphenyl group. An aryl group such as a naphthyl group; an aryl group such as a benzyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group or a 3-n-propyl group; The cyclohexyl group which may be substituted with an alkyl group having a carbon number of 44 may be exemplified by 2-methylhexyl group, 2-ethylcyclohexyl group, propylcyclohexyl group, 2-isopropylcyclohexyl group, 2-butyl group. Cyclohexyl, 4·methylcyclohexyl, erythrocyclohexyl, propylcyclohexyl, 4-isopropylcyclohexyl, 4-butylcyclohexyl, and the like. In terms of the tendency to have a higher heat resistance, it is preferred that at least one of 匕Ra58 is a nitro group. Also, it is preferably at least one of the RRa45! At least one of Ra46 to Ra5 is a sulfonic acid group or -S〇2NHRa34, more preferably _s〇2NHRa34. Wherein R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a valent aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 丨8, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a 2-ethylhexyl group. In the case of having a plurality of _S02NHRa34 ^ J49310.doc -51 · 201111447 These may be the same or different. In terms of the improvement of the color density, it is preferable that the R gas Ra24' = the carbon number of the substituent - the aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably an air mat or an ethyl group.

作為R a27 基 較佳為伸乙基及丙烷],2_二基,更佳為伸乙 作為Ra28,較佳為氫原子。 η為1〜4之整數’較佳為2〜4之整數,更佳為⑻,進而 更佳為3。 作為-(R _〇)nRa28,就於有機溶劑中之溶解性之方面而 言,較佳為2-(2-羥基乙氧基)乙基及2_[2_(2_羥基乙氧基)乙 氧基]乙基,更佳為2_[2_(2_羥基乙氧基)乙氧基]乙基。 式(3-1)所示之化合物中,作為源自P山嗟化合物之陽離子 之較佳例,可列舉式(1-cl)〜式(1_C48)所示之陽離子等: • 149310.doc 52- 201111447 ㊉The R a27 group is preferably an ethylidene group and a propane group, and a 2-diyl group, more preferably a stretching group B, and a hydrogen atom. η is an integer of from 1 to 4, and is preferably an integer of from 2 to 4, more preferably (8), still more preferably 3. As -(R 〇)nRa28, 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl and 2-[2_(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl are preferred in terms of solubility in an organic solvent. Oxy]ethyl, more preferably 2_[2_(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl. Among the compounds represented by the formula (3-1), examples of the cation derived from the P-salt compound include a cation represented by the formula (1-cl) to the formula (1_C48): • 149310.doc 52 - 201111447 Ten

(1ό1)(1ό1)

149310.doc -53- 201111447149310.doc -53- 201111447

149310.doc -54- 201111447 ©149310.doc -54- 201111447 ©

(1-C25)(1-C25)

(1-C26)(1-C26)

§§

(1-C28)(1-C28)

149310.doc -55- 201111447149310.doc -55- 201111447

(1-c41) (1-C42)(1-c41) (1-C42)

OO

00

(1-C43)(1-C43)

oo

(1-C44)(1-C44)

OO

(1-C45)(1-C45)

OO

- N- N

(1-C46)(1-C46)

0 (1-C47) 、0,0 (1-C47), 0,

00

(1^048) 作為式(3-1)所示之化合物,具體可列舉式(1-1)〜式(1 20)所示之化合物等: 56- 149310.doc 201111447 H2N〇2S H2N〇2S H2N〇2S h2no2s ho3s o(1^048) Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (3-1) include a compound represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1 20): 56-149310.doc 201111447 H2N〇2S H2N〇2S H2N〇2S h2no2s ho3s o

149310.doc -57- 201111447149310.doc -57- 201111447

H2N02SH2N02S

NN

N-f &gt;-N〇2 ΘN-f &gt;-N〇2 Θ

,N - cr, N - cr

0 (1-6)0 (1-6)

so2nh‘ h2no2sSo2nh‘ h2no2s

(1-7) (1-8) Θ(1-7) (1-8) Θ

L/&gt;_NL/&gt;_N

.N H2NOzS hr-.N H2NOzS hr-

so2nh2So2nh2

、0 (1-9) 丨 h2no2s N-, 0 (1-9) 丨 h2no2s N-

Cl Θ cr 一 orCl Θ cr one or

ClCl

N-^ J oN-^ J o

S02NH2 •aS02NH2 •a

OO

(1-10)(1-10)

、OH 149310.doc -58- 201111447, OH 149310.doc -58- 201111447

N^\ ,n02N^\ , n02

H2N02S* \ Cr Cl P〆 \ so2nh2oH2N02S* \ Cr Cl P〆 \ so2nh2o

ClCl

h2no2sH2no2s

so2nh2So2nh2

o2n N_&lt;/1 ㊀O2n N_&lt;/1 one

丨〆产、/OH Θ丨〆, /OH Θ

丨^^OH (1-12) h2no2s ,ja丨^^OH (1-12) h2no2s ,ja

t /&gt;_Nt /&gt;_N

N〇2 Θ X〇- o2nN〇2 Θ X〇- o2n

Λ Xi so2nh2Λ Xi so2nh2

,N,N

(1-13) OH(1-13) OH

^ N^ N

- o N〇2 Θ cr zCo 一 o2n- o N〇2 Θ cr zCo one o2n

N ^'1 so2nh2N ^'1 so2nh2

(1-14)(1-14)

X/OH h2no2sX/OH h2no2s

Λ XX o2nΛ XX o2n

Θ so2nh2Θ so2nh2

149310.doc -59- 201111447149310.doc -59- 201111447

(1-16) cr(1-16) cr

(1-17)(1-17)

(1-18) ο(1-18) ο

式(3-1)所示之化合物之具體例中,就於有機溶劑中之溶 解性之方面而言,較佳為式(1-1)、式(1-3)~式(1-5)、式 149310.doc •60· 201111447 ()弋(1 9)、式(1-11)〜式(1-16)及式(1-18)~式(1-20)所示 &quot;&quot; 更佳為式(1_1)所示之化合物及式(1-3)所示之化 合物。 於製k式(3)所示之化合物時,可使用式⑽所示之化合 物與絡化合物形成鉻錯鹽,或者使用式(3d)所示之化合物 …化口物形成始錯鹽。其後,視需要使該錯鹽盘呈有^ 之鹽進行鹽交換反應,藉此製造式(3)所示之化合物了In a specific example of the compound represented by the formula (3-1), the solubility in an organic solvent is preferably a formula (1-1) or a formula (1-3) to a formula (1-5). ), 149310.doc • 60· 201111447 () 弋 (1 9), formula (1-11) ~ formula (1-16) and formula (1-18) ~ formula (1-20) &quot;&quot More preferably, it is a compound represented by the formula (1_1) and a compound represented by the formula (1-3). When the compound represented by the formula (3) is produced, a compound represented by the formula (10) and a complex compound may be used to form a chromium salt, or a compound represented by the formula (3d) may be used to form a starting salt. Thereafter, the salt of the wrong salt pan is subjected to a salt exchange reaction as needed, thereby producing a compound represented by the formula (3).

(3d) [式(3d)中 之含義]。(3d) [meaning in the formula (3d)].

Ral1 〜Ral4及 r al4 al9 表 不 與式(3)中者相同 〜,柯屯求种領域孰 與吡唑化合物進+ 《之使重氮鑌鹽 初進仃重氮偶合之方法而製造。 式㈣所示之化合物可藉由使 如星化合物進行鹽交換反應而製造:B,(b)所示之Ral1 to Ral4 and r al4 al9 are not the same as those in the formula (3). 屯, 屯 屯 屯 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 孰 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 吡 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 The compound of the formula (IV) can be produced by subjecting a star compound to a salt exchange reaction: B, (b)

[式(b)中 ’ pi a28 R及η表不與式(3_ 表示U賈陰離子]。 相同之含義;A· 149310.doc -61 - 201111447 作為1價陰離子,可列舉:Cl·、ΒΓ、Γ、C104-、PF6_或 BF4·等。 式(b)所示之咕嗟化合物可藉由使式(b〇)所示之化合物與 式(b 1)所不之化合物於有機溶劑中反應而製造:[In the formula (b), pi a28 R and η are not related to the formula (3_ represents U 贾 anion). The same meaning; A· 149310.doc -61 - 201111447 As the monovalent anion, Cl·, ΒΓ, Γ, C104-, PF6_ or BF4·, etc. The hydrazine compound represented by the formula (b) can be reacted with a compound represented by the formula (b〇) and a compound of the formula (b1) in an organic solvent. And manufacturing:

A Θ [式(bo)及式(bl)中,尺…〜^及n表示與式中者相同 之含義,Α表示與式(b)中者相同之含義]。 迷反應中,反應溫度較佳為丨5。〇〜6〇。匸,反應時間較 佳為1小時〜12小時。又’就縮短反應時間或提高產率之方 面而言,較佳為使用酸觸媒及/或脫水劑。 作為酸觸媒,可列舉硫酸、對曱苯磺酸等。 *作為脫水劑’可列舉:二環己基碳二醯亞胺、二異丙基 奴-醯亞胺、h乙基_3_(3_二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺鹽 酸鹽等碳二醯亞胺類;K烷基-2-鹵代吡啶鏘鹽類;u,-羰 基一米唑’雙(2-側氧基咢唑啶基)次膦醯氯化物;碳酸 (比定)鹽等。其中,作為脫水劑,就容易進行後處理 ^純化之方面而言,較佳為h乙基邮-二曱基胺基丙基) 石反一醯亞胺鹽酸鹽。 作為用於上述反庫之古拖、〜 應之有機溶劑,可列舉:二氯甲烷、氯 仿、四氫呋喃、甲苯、乙腈等。 149310.doc •62· 201111447 式(3 -1)所示之化合抓 叫匕合物於溶劑中m上述錯鹽與式(b)所示之 錯鹽與—化人二 應而製造。較佳為使姑 你化合物⑻以1]〜1狀莫耳比進行反應。 為顏料’可為有機顏料及無機顏料之 有機顏料。 ^為:佳為 作為有機顏料,你丨&amp; /± m 號公報等中所載:專利特開2°03·327864 料藍15'153 5Γ種有機顏料。”’較佳為Ο.顏 ·4、15:6、60等藍色顏料;C.L顏料紫 Μ、 36、38專紫色顏料;C.I.顏料綠7、 5 25、36、47及58等綠色顏料;C.I.顏料黃i、3、 12、13 ' Μ、15、16、17、2〇、24、3ι、53、μ、%、 94 1〇9、110、117、125、128、Π7、138 ' 139 ' M8 150、153、154、166、173、194、214等黃色 顏料;C.1.顏料撥muun、 55、59、61、64、65、71、73 等橙色顏料; C·!.顏料紅 9、97、1〇5、122、123、144、149、166、 168、H 177、⑽、192、㈣、215 216 224 242、 254 ' 255、264、265等紅色顏料等。 於使用著色組合物製作彩色遽光片之情形時,該著色組 口物刀別製備為藍色組合物、綠色組合物及紅色組合物。 藍色組合物較佳為含有選自C I顏料紅紫23、c〗顏料藍 15:3、CU.顏料藍15:6中之至種顏料,更佳為含有〔丄 顏料藍15:6。綠色組合物較佳為含有選自CI.顏料綠%、 C.I·顏料綠58、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I·顏料黃150中之至少i 1493I0.doc -63- 201111447 :組合物較佳為含有選自。顏料黃i38、d顏料 &quot; 心.顏料黃15G、C.L顏料紅心cm.顏料紅242、 丄顏料紅254中之至少!種。該等顏料可單獨使用,亦可 成合使用兩種以上。 顏料、尤其是有機顏料亦可視需要實施松香處理、使用 =入有酸性基或驗性基之顏料衍生物等的表面處理、利用 π刀子化合物等對顏料表面進行之接枝處理 '或者用以去 除雜質之利用有機溶劑或水等之洗淨處理、利用離子交換 法等去除離子性雜質之去除處理等。顏料較佳為均 勻。 . . 本發明之顏料分散液之製造方法令所使用之顏料較 使用經實施微細化處理之顏料。作為上述微細化處理,可 列舉鹽磨處理、硫酸微粒化處理等,較佳為鹽磨處理。 所谓鹽磨處理’係指—面對㈣與水溶性無機鹽及水容 性有機溶劑之混合物進行加熱’一面使用捏和機、雙輕研 磨機、三輥研磨機、球磨機、磨碎機、砂磨機 等混練機進行機械混練’然後藉由水洗而將水溶性無機踏 及水溶性有機溶劑去除之處理。水溶性無機鹽係發揮作$ 粉碎助劑之作用者。鹽磨時係利用無機鹽之高硬度而將顏 料粉碎。由於顏料之粉碎、與因粉碎而產生之活性面中之 結晶成長係同時發生,故若混練條件不同’則所得顏料之 一次粒徑不同。 混練溫度較佳為4〇〜15(rc。若混練溫度在上述範圍内, 則可促進混練過程中之結晶成長,所得顏料粒子之形狀容 149310.doc -64 - 201111447 易變得均句。一古品 ’於加熱溫度未達4〇°C之情形時,盔 法充分地進行結晶忐且 ^ *'·' 長,顏料粒子之形狀接近於無定形, 不佳另方面,於加熱溫度超過丨5〇°c之情形時, 顏料之一次粒徑變大,故作為彩色遽 °勿之著色劑並不佳。又’就鹽磨處理顏料 _ *子之粒度刀布與鹽磨處理所需要之費用之方面而 言’鹽磨處理之混練時間較佳為2〜24小時。 藉由使對顏料進行鹽磨處理時之條件最適化, 次粒徑非常微細,^分布之範圍較窄,具有密集; 之t度分布的顏料。使用含有此種顏料之著色組合物所得 之彩色渡光片的顏色特性優異。 作為用於鹽磨處理之水溶性無機鹽,可使用氣化納、氯 :鎖、氯A缺及硫酸鈉等,就價格方面Μ,較佳為使用 :化鈉U鹽)。就處理效率與生產效率之兩方面而言 溶性無機鹽相對於_之總量較佳為❹5心2_ %,最佳為使用3004,00(^量%。 里 又’水溶性有機溶_具有濕潤顏料及水溶性I機趟之 作用者,只要為可溶解(混合)於水, 肌 用之無機鹽者,則並無特別限定,就於鹽磨時 易蒸發及安全性方面而言,較佳 又 囬叩。較佳為沸點120。(:以上之! 劑。例如可使用:2_甲氧基乙醇、2· 丁氧基乙醇、2似 氧基)乙醇、2-(己氧基)乙醇、二乙二醇、 一 j 醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、三乙二醇、三-—醇早乙 之聚乙二醇、液狀 乳基~2_丙醇、二丙二 149310.doc •65- 201111447 …。一卜單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙㈣液狀之聚丙二醇 寻/令丨生有機溶劑相對於顏料之總量較佳為使用 5〜1,〇〇〇質量%,更佳為使用5〇〜質量%。 種::::處理時’可視需要添加樹脂。所使用之樹脂之 種矢員並無特別限定 °使用天然樹脂、改質天然樹脂、合 成如月曰、以天然樹脂進行改質而成之合成樹 之樹脂較佳為於官、寸所使用 佳為可部分溶解體’難溶於或不溶於水,且更 料之總量較佳:52:γ劑。樹脂之使用量相㈣ 里权佳為5〜200質量%之範圍。 於本發明之顏料分散液之製造方法中, 言 分散性,及提高顏料之分 「'之 劑。作為放穩疋性,較佳為使用顏料分散 乍為該顏料分散劑,例 系、非離子系、兩性離子系、Γ 系、陰離子 等界面活性劑等。H $ η I糸、聚胺系、丙烯酸系 使用兩種以:4顏料分散劑可單獨使用,亦可組合 份分散劑之情科,其㈣量相對於每!質量 更佳為-質量份::二 使用量處於該範圍内,則存顏料分散劑之 分散液之傾向。 隻侍均勻义散狀態之顏料 於本發明之顏科分散液之 分散性,及提高顏料之分散穩定性/可=了提高顏料之 劑之顏料衍生物(此處與染料不J等亦::用作為分散助 可列舉:偶氮系,系、二作生物, 心啊系、本并咪唑酮系、 i49310.doc • 66 · 201111447 喹酞酮系、異吲哚啉酮系、異吲哚啉系、二十井系、蒽醌 系陰丹士林系、茈系、紫環酮(perinone)系、二酮η比嘻 幷比各系一 P号畊系顏料等之衍生物。顏料衍生物通常難 溶於有機浴劑。作為顏料衍生物之取代基,可列舉磺酸 基、fe%醯基及其四級鹽、鄰苯二曱醯亞胺甲基、N,N_二 烧基胺基&amp;基、經基、縣、胺甲醯基等直接或經由烧 基、芳基、雜環基等鍵結於顏料骨架上之基,較佳者可列 舉胺%醯基及其四級鹽、磺酸基,更佳為磺酸基。又,該 等取代基可於一個顏料骨架上取代複數個,亦可為不同取 代數之化合物之混合物。作為顏料衍生物之具體例,可列 舉:偶氮顏料之磺酸衍生物、酞菁顏料之磺酸衍生物、喹 酞酮顏料之磺酸衍生物、異吲哚啉顏料之磺酸衍生物、蒽 醌顏料之磺酸衍生物、喹吖啶酮顏料之磺酸衍生物、二酮 比各幷比°各顏料之石夤酸衍生物、二,号畊顏料之續酸衍生物 等。 於本發明之顏料分散液之製造方法中,亦可含有選自下 述樹脂(B)中之一部分或全部樹脂。具體而言,藉由於下 述製備顏料分散液時之分散處理步驟中,與上述顏料分散 劑同時含有黏合劑樹脂,該黏合劑樹脂可以與分散劑之協 同效果而有助於分散穩定性,故而較佳。 於本土明中,較佳為以染料:顏料=1:99〜99:1之質量比 而含有染料與顏料’更佳為1:99〜6〇:4〇,進而更佳為 5:95〜40:60。藉由設為上述比率,容易實現透射光譜之最 適化,可獲得高對比度、高亮度之著色圖案,進而,所得 1493l0.doc •67- 201111447 著色圖案之耐熱性、耐化學品性變得良好。 藍色組合物之情形時,較佳為以顏料 .隹“ 之質比為&quot;··】〜40:6〇,更佳為97:3〜5〇.5〇 , 進而較佳為如〜70:30 β於著色組合 . 形時,私社*观 匕,,且分物之情 …、、自C·1·顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58、c 頁138及C丄顏料綠150之至 丄顏枓 99·ΐ.4Π.,η , 至少1種與染料之質量比為 •6〇,更佳為99:1〜50:50,進而更# A 於鍫人, 退向更佳為95:5〜55:45。 、 、,且σ物為紅色組合物之情形時,較# A 6 料黃13Q r τ * 〜于較佳為選自C.I.顏 、 丄顏料黃150、C.1·顏料紅177、C I顏 η η ί ^ ' L·1·頸枓紅 242 及C.I.顏料紅254之至少1 99-1 40 ,η 徑,、*枓之質量比為 .1〜4〇:6〇,更佳為99:1〜50:50’進而更佳為97 3〜65 35。 :本發明之顏料分散液之製造方法中,係將上述染料虚 顏料同時分散於溶劑中。 、 作為本發明中所使用之溶劑,可列舉以下者。 例如本發明中所使用之溶劑 類。 知』』夕〗舉早醇、多元醇等醇 作為上述醇,可例示:曱醇、乙 、丙醇、丁醇、戊 醇、己醇、環己醇 '乙二醇、丙二醇、内三醇等。 又’可列舉乙二醇類、丙二醇類等二醇醚類。 可列舉··乙二醇單甲峻、乙二醇單⑽、乙二醇單丙 鱗、乙二醇單異丙醚及乙二醇單丁鍵之類之乙二醇單烧基 醚類; 醇單丙醚、丙二醇 丙二醇單曱隨、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二 單丁醚等丙二醇單烷基醚類; 149310.doc -68- 201111447A Θ [In the formula (bo) and the formula (bl), the ruler...~^ and n have the same meanings as those in the formula, and Α denotes the same meaning as in the formula (b)]. In the reaction, the reaction temperature is preferably 丨5. 〇~6〇. Preferably, the reaction time is preferably from 1 hour to 12 hours. Further, in terms of shortening the reaction time or increasing the yield, it is preferred to use an acid catalyst and/or a dehydrating agent. Examples of the acid catalyst include sulfuric acid and p-toluenesulfonic acid. *As a dehydrating agent', it may be exemplified by dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylsuccinimide, hethyl_3_(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride a carbodiimide such as a salt; a K alkyl-2-halopyridinium salt; a carbonyl group of a bis(2-oxooxazolidinyl)phosphinium chloride; More than salt). Among them, as a dehydrating agent, it is easy to carry out post-treatment. In terms of purification, h-ethyl-di-decylaminopropyl) succinimide hydrochloride is preferred. The organic solvent to be used for the above-mentioned anti-accumulation may be, for example, dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrahydrofuran, toluene or acetonitrile. 149310.doc • 62· 201111447 The compound represented by the formula (3 -1) is produced by dissolving the above-mentioned salt in the solvent m with the wrong salt and the salt of the formula (b). Preferably, the compound (8) is reacted in a molar ratio of 1] to 1 molar. It is a pigment which can be an organic pigment and an organic pigment. ^ For: Jiawei As an organic pigment, you 丨 &amp; /± m bulletin, etc.: Patent Special Opening 2°03·327864 Material Blue 15'153 5 kinds of organic pigments. "'It is preferably blue pigments such as Ο. Yan·4, 15:6, 60; CL pigment purpura, 36, 38 special purple pigment; CI pigment green 7, 5 25, 36, 47 and 58 green pigments; CI Pigment Yellow i, 3, 12, 13 'Μ, 15, 16, 17, 2, 24, 3, 53, μ, %, 94 1〇9, 110, 117, 125, 128, Π 7, 138 ' 139 'M8 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214 and other yellow pigments; C.1. pigments such as muun, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73 and other orange pigments; C·!. 9, 97, 1〇5, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, H 177, (10), 192, (4), 215 216 224 242, 254 '255, 264, 265 and other red pigments, etc. In the case of producing a colored calender, the colored composition is prepared as a blue composition, a green composition and a red composition. The blue composition preferably contains a pigment selected from the group consisting of CI pigment red violet 23, c Blue 15:3, CU. Pigment Blue 15:6 to a pigment, more preferably contains [丄 Pigment Blue 15:6. The green composition preferably contains a color selected from CI. Pigment Green%, CI·Pig Green 58 , CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI·Pigment Yellow 150 At least i 1493I0.doc -63- 201111447: The composition preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of: pigment yellow i38, d pigment &quot; heart. Pigment yellow 15G, CL pigment red heart cm. Pigment red 242, 丄 Pigment red 254! These pigments may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Pigments, especially organic pigments, may also be subjected to rosin treatment, use of a pigment derivative containing an acidic group or an experimental group, and the like. The graft treatment of the surface of the pigment by a π knife compound or the like, the washing treatment using an organic solvent or water for removing impurities, the removal treatment for removing ionic impurities by an ion exchange method, etc. The pigment is preferably uniform. In the method for producing the pigment dispersion liquid of the present invention, the pigment to be used is finer than the pigment to be subjected to the refining treatment. Examples of the refining treatment include salt milling treatment, sulfuric acid micronization treatment, etc., preferably salt milling treatment. The so-called salt-grinding treatment refers to the process of heating (a mixture of water-soluble inorganic salts and water-soluble organic solvents) using a kneader, a double-light grinder, The three-roll mill, ball mill, grinder, sand mill and other kneading machines are mechanically kneaded. Then the water-soluble inorganic step and the water-soluble organic solvent are removed by washing with water. The water-soluble inorganic salt system serves as a crushing aid. The role of the agent. In salt milling, the pigment is pulverized by the high hardness of the inorganic salt. Since the pulverization of the pigment occurs simultaneously with the crystal growth in the active surface due to pulverization, if the mixing conditions are different, the pigment obtained The primary particle size is different. The kneading temperature is preferably 4 〇 15 15 (rc.) If the kneading temperature is within the above range, the crystal growth during the kneading process can be promoted, and the shape of the obtained pigment particles is 149310.doc -64 - 201111447. When the heating temperature is less than 4 °C, the helmet method fully crystallizes and the length of the pigment particles is close to amorphous, and in other respects, the heating temperature exceeds 丨. In the case of 5 〇 °c, the primary particle size of the pigment becomes large, so it is not good as a color 遽 ° ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ In terms of cost, the mixing time of the salt milling treatment is preferably 2 to 24 hours. By optimizing the conditions for salt grinding treatment of the pigment, the secondary particle diameter is very fine, and the range of the distribution is narrow and dense. a pigment having a t-degree distribution. The color of the color-developing sheet obtained by using the color-developing composition containing such a pigment is excellent. As a water-soluble inorganic salt used for the salt-milling treatment, a gasification nano, a chlorine, a lock, or the like can be used. Chlorine A lacks sodium sulfate, etc., on the price side Μ, is preferably used: sodium salts U). In terms of both treatment efficiency and production efficiency, the total amount of the soluble inorganic salt relative to _ is preferably ❹5 core 2%, and the best use is 3004,00 (quantity %. The pigment and the water-soluble I machine are not particularly limited as long as they are soluble (mixed) in water and inorganic salts, and are preferred in terms of evaporation and safety in salt grinding. Further, it is preferably a boiling point of 120. (: The above! For example, 2: methoxyethanol, 2·butoxyethanol, 2 like oxy) ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol can be used. , diethylene glycol, a j ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, tri-alcohol, early polyethylene glycol, liquid milk based ~ 2 - propanol, dipropylene two 149,310. Doc •65- 201111447 .... Monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol, monoethylidene (iv) liquid polypropylene glycol, the total amount of organic solvent relative to the pigment is preferably 5~1, 〇〇〇 mass%, More preferably, it is used in an amount of 5 〇 to mass %. Species:::: When processing, it is necessary to add a resin as needed. The resin used is not particularly limited. The natural resin, the modified natural resin, the synthetic resin such as the New Moon, and the synthetic resin modified by the natural resin are preferably used in the official and the inch. The partially soluble body is insoluble or insoluble in water, and More preferably, the total amount is preferably 52: γ agent. The amount of the resin used (4) is preferably in the range of 5 to 200% by mass. In the method for producing a pigment dispersion of the present invention, dispersibility, and improvement of the pigment The agent is classified as "the agent. It is preferable to use a pigment dispersion 乍 as the pigment dispersant, and a surfactant such as a nonionic, amphoteric ion, an anthraquinone or an anion. H $ η I糸, polyamine system, and acrylic type are used in two ways: 4 pigment dispersant can be used alone or in combination with a dispersing agent. The amount of (4) is better than the mass per mass: mass: 2 When the amount is in this range, the tendency of the dispersion of the pigment dispersant is stored. Only the pigment in the uniform dispersion state is dispersed in the Yankee dispersion of the present invention, and the dispersion stability of the pigment is improved. Pigment derivatives (here with dyes) Not J, etc.:: used as a dispersion aid: azo system, system, two organisms, heart system, Benzimidazolone, i49310.doc • 66 · 201111447 Quinone, isoindolinone Department, isoporphyrin system, twenty well system, lanthanum indanthrene system, lanthanide, perinone system, diketone η than 嘻幷 各 各 各 各 各Derivatives. Pigment derivatives are generally poorly soluble in organic baths. As a substituent of the pigment derivative, a sulfonic acid group, a fe% fluorenyl group and a quaternary salt thereof, an phthalimide methyl group, N, N-dialkylamino group &amp; base, via group, county, amine mercapto group or the like directly or via an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like bonded to the base of the pigment skeleton, preferably amine % The sulfhydryl group and its quaternary salt, sulfonic acid group, more preferably a sulfonic acid group. Further, the substituents may be substituted for a plurality of pigment skeletons or a mixture of different algebraic compounds. Specific examples of the pigment derivative include a sulfonic acid derivative of an azo pigment, a sulfonic acid derivative of a phthalocyanine pigment, a sulfonic acid derivative of a quinophthalone pigment, and a sulfonic acid derivative of an isoindoline pigment. A sulfonic acid derivative of an anthraquinone pigment, a sulfonic acid derivative of a quinacridone pigment, a diketone ratio, a rhodium derivative of each pigment, a derivative of a second acid, a continuous acid derivative, and the like. In the method for producing a pigment dispersion of the present invention, a part or all of the resin selected from the group consisting of the following resins (B) may be contained. Specifically, in the dispersion treatment step in the case where the pigment dispersion liquid is prepared as follows, the binder resin is contained together with the above-mentioned pigment dispersant, and the binder resin can contribute to dispersion stability by synergistic effect with the dispersant. Preferably. In the local Mingzhong, it is preferable to contain the dye and the pigment in the mass ratio of the dye: pigment=1:99 to 99:1, preferably 1:99~6〇:4〇, and more preferably 5:95~ 40:60. By setting the above ratio, it is easy to optimize the transmission spectrum, and it is possible to obtain a color pattern having high contrast and high brightness, and further, the heat resistance and chemical resistance of the obtained color pattern of 1493l0.doc.67-201111447 are improved. In the case of the blue composition, it is preferred that the ratio of the pigment "隹" is &quot;··]~40:6〇, more preferably 97:3~5〇.5〇, and further preferably as 70:30 β in the color combination. When it is shaped, the private society* view, and the feeling of the distribution..., from C·1·Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, c 138 and C 丄 Pigment Green 150 To 丄 枓 枓 99·ΐ.4Π., η, the mass ratio of at least 1 to the dye is • 6〇, more preferably 99:1~50:50, and further #A 鍫人, When 95,5~55:45, and σ is a red composition, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of CI yan, bismuth pigment yellow 150, C.1. · Pigment red 177, CI 颜 η η ί ^ 'L·1·Neck blush 242 and CI Pigment Red 254 at least 1 99-1 40, η diameter, *枓 mass ratio is .1~4〇:6 〇, more preferably 99:1 to 50:50' and still more preferably 97 3 to 65. 35: In the method for producing a pigment dispersion of the present invention, the above-mentioned dye virtual pigment is simultaneously dispersed in a solvent. The solvent used in the invention includes the following. For example, the solvent used in the present invention. In the evening, an alcohol such as an alcohol or a polyhydric alcohol is used as the alcohol, and examples thereof include decyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, propanol, butanol, pentanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and internal triol. Further, a glycol ether such as ethylene glycol or propylene glycol may be mentioned. Examples include ethylene glycol monomethyl sulphate, ethylene glycol mono(10), ethylene glycol monopropyl sulphate, ethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, and Ethylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as diol monobutyl bond; propylene glycol monoalkyl ether such as alcohol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol propylene glycol monodecane, propylene glycol monoethyl ether or propylene dibutyl ether; 149310.doc -68 - 201111447

丙二醇二曱醚、丙二醇二乙醚、丙二醇乙基甲醚 醇二丙醚、丙二醇丙基曱醚、丙二醇乙基丙醚等丙 烷基醚類; 二丙二醇二甲醚、二丙二醇二乙醚、二丙二醇曱基乙醚 等二丙二醇二烷基醚類; 二丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單丙醚等二丙二醇單烷基醚 類; 3 -曱乳基丁醇、乙轧基丁醇、丙氧基丁醇、丁氧基丁醇_ 等丁二醇單烷基醚類; 二乙二醇二曱醚等。 可列舉包括喊乙酸酯類、趟丙酸酯類之醚類。 曱基赛路蘇乙酸酯、乙基赛路蘇乙酸酯、乙二醇單丁醚 乙酸醋、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯等乙二醇烧基喊乙酸酯類; 丙二醇單甲喊乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單 丙_乙酸酯等丙二醇院基_乙酸酯類; 丙二醇曱醚丙酸酯、丙二醇乙醚丙酸酯、丙二醇丙醚丙 酸酯、丙二醇丁醚丙酸酯等丙二醇烷基醚丙酸酯類; 曱氧基丁基乙酸酯、乙氧基丁基乙酸酯、丙氧基丁基乙 酸酯、丁氧基丁基乙酸酯等丁二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類; 曱氧基丁基丙酸酯、乙氧基丁基丙酸酯、丙氧基丁基丙 酸醋、丁氧基丁基丙酸酯等丁二醇單烷基醚丙酸酯類; 二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單丁醚乙酸酯等二乙 二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類; 二丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等二丙二醇單烷基醚乙酸酯類; 1493IO.doc -69- 201111447 丙—醇單乙醚乙酸酯等; 曱氧基戊基乙酸醋等。 二曱苯、均三甲 作為芳香族烴類,可列舉:苯、曱苯 苯等。 作為烴類,可列舉環己院等。 作為酮類,可列舉··甲基乙基酮、丙酮、甲基戊基綱、 曱基異丁基酮、環己酮、N_f基吡咯啶酮、4_羥基_4_曱 基2_戊嗣、2_ 丁酮、2'-庚酮、3-庚酮、4-庚酮、4-曱基_2-戊_、環戊酮、環己酮、異佛酮等。 作為酯類,可列舉:乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、 乙酸丁酯、2-羥基丙酸乙酯、2_羥基_2_曱基丙酸曱酯、2_ 羥基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯、羥基乙酸甲酯、羥基乙酸乙酯、羥 基乙酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、乳酸丙酯、乳酸丁 醋、2-曱基乳酸曱酯、3·羥基丙酸甲酯、3_羥基丙酸乙 酿、3~羥基丙酸丙酯、3-羥基丙酸丁酯、2-羥基-3-曱基丁 酸曱酯、曱氧基乙酸曱酯、曱氧基乙酸乙酯、曱氧基乙酸 丙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸曱酯、乙氧基乙酸乙 酯、乙氧基乙酸丙酯、乙氧基乙酸丁酯、丙氧基乙酸曱 酯、丙氧基乙酸乙酯、丙氧基乙酸丙酯、丙氧基乙酸丁 酯、丁氧基乙酸甲酯、丁氧基乙酸乙酯、丁氧基乙酸丙 酯、丁氧基乙酸丁酯、2-曱氧基丙酸甲酯、2-曱氧基丙酸 乙酯、2-曱氧基丙酸丙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丁酯、乙氧基 丙酸曱酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙 氧基丙酸丁酯、2-丁氧基丙酸曱酯、2_ 丁氧基丙酸乙醋、 149310.doc -70- 201111447 2-丁氧基丙酸丙酯、2-丁氧基丙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸曱 酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-曱氧基丙酸丙酯、3-曱氧基丙 酸丁酯、3 -乙氧基丙酸曱酯、3 -乙氧基丙酸乙酯、3 -乙氧 基丙酸丙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸丁酯、3 -丙氧基丙酸曱酯、3-丙氧基丙酸乙S旨、3 -丙氧基丙酸丙g旨、3 -丙氧基丙酸丁 醋、3-丁氧基丙酸甲酯、3-丁氧基丙酸乙酯、3-丁氧基丙 酸丙酯、3 - 丁氧基丙酸丁酯、丙酮酸乙酯等。 作為環狀醚類’可列舉:四氫呋喃、吡喃、四氫吡喃 等。 作為環狀酯類,可列舉γ_ 丁内酯等。 作為醯胺類,可列舉:Ν,Ν,_:甲基曱醯胺、Ν,Ν_二曱 基乙醯胺、Ν-曱基〇比η各咬綱等。 作為分散步驟中使用之溶劑,較佳為包括醚乙酸醋類、 ^酸酿類之趟類,更佳為醚乙酸醋類,&amp;而更佳為丙二 醇早甲喊乙酸S旨。若為該等溶劑,則存在所得彩色渡光片 之表面不易產生異物之傾向。 /等冷劑可單獨使用’亦可組合使用兩種以上。又,亦 可有分為複數類之溶劑。 於本發明之顏料分散液 同時均句地分散於、容·丨中 係將顏料與染幹 d中。此處所謂之同時,並非指瞬門 之時間,而係指於μ、+. W 评?日解間 ' 边〉谷劑中的相同溶劑中,遠癌Β 質上不進行加熱、冷卻、二:^也續地即實 為最小限度地依序浐 心4其他刼作或者限制 «任意進行力二:==於相同溶劑中, 攪拌,吧合等而使其等均勻分 149310.doc •71- 201111447 散/,於一個步驟中將兩者投入至相同溶劑中並分散。 作為將染料與顏料同時分散之方法,並無特別限定,可 料用ΓΓ公知之裝置、公知之方法等而進行。可將顏 同時二分散劑、溶劑 '視需要之分散助劑及樹脂 /Λ 散於溶财,亦可預先使染料、顏料分散 別溶解於溶劑中然後進行混合分散。分散較佳 為使用塗料振盪器、砂磨機 . y歷機(sand咖如)、球磨機、親磨 機、石磨機、喷射磨機、均質機等分散機進行。藉由如上 t般進行分散’可使顏料微粒子化,故著色組合物之塗布 :+:,’由該著色組合物獲得之彩色滤光片之 及 對比度提高。 於使職料振盪n進行分散之㈣時,較佳為使用直徑 為_之玻璃珠或氧化料。進行分散之溫度較佳為 100C以上’更佳為2G〜8(rc以上4者作為進行分散 之時間’可列舉1〜20小時’較佳為1〜叫時左右,可根據 顏料分散液之組成、及塗_器之裝置之 調整。 作為本發明之著色組合物之製造方法,可列舉於上述顏 料分散液⑷令混合選自由溶劑⑻、樹脂(B)、光聚合性化 合物(C)及光聚合起始劑(D)所組成之群中之至少丄種的方 法0 選擇上 溶劑可直接使用含於顏料分散液中者,亦可適當 述溶劑而混合。 再者,於所製造之著色組合物中,染料與顏料之合計量 149310.doc •72· 201111447 相對於著色組合物中之固形物成分較佳為5〜60質量%,更 佳為8〜55質量% ’進而更佳為1〇〜50質量%。此處,所謂固 形物成分,係指著色組合物中除溶劑以外之成分之合計。 若染料及顏料之含量在該範@内,則所得著色圖案或彩 色濾光片之色密度充分,且可於組合物中含有必需量之黏 合劑聚合物,故可形成機械強度優異之著色圖案或彩色渡 光片。 作為樹脂(B),並無特別限定,例如較佳為含有鹼溶性 樹脂。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,並無特別限定,可使用任意樹脂。例 如鹼溶性樹脂含有由(甲基)丙烯酸衍生之結構單元。此 處,(曱基)丙烯酸表示丙烯酸及/或甲基丙烯酸。上述由 (曱基)丙烯酸衍生之結構單元之含量於構成鹼溶性樹脂之 全部結構單元中較佳為16莫耳%以上、4〇莫耳%以下更 佳為18莫耳%以上、38莫耳%以下。若由(甲基)丙稀酸衍 生之結構單元之含量在上述範圍内,則顯影時非像素部之 溶解性變得良好。又,存在顯影後之非像素部不易殘留殘 &gt;查之傾向。 作為衍生構成鹼溶性樹脂之由(甲基)丙烯酸衍生之結構 單元以外之結構單元的其他單體,例如可列舉:芳香族乙 烯化合物、不飽和羧酸酯類、不飽和羧酸胺基烷基酯類、 不飽和羧酸縮水甘油酯類、羧酸乙烯酯類、不飽和醚類、 丙烯腈化合物、不飽和醯胺類、不飽和醯亞胺類、脂肪族 共軛二烯類、於聚合物分子鏈之末端具有單丙烯醯基或單 149310.doca propane ether such as propylene glycol dioxime ether, propylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol ethyl methyl ether dipropylene ether, propylene glycol propyl ether ether or propylene glycol ethyl propyl ether; dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol hydrazine Dipropylene glycol dialkyl ethers such as diethyl ether; dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ethers such as dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether; 3 - mercaptobutanol, butylbutanol, propoxybutanol , butoxybutanol _ and other butanediol monoalkyl ethers; diethylene glycol dioxime ether. Ethyl ethers including acetaminophens and phthalocyanates may be mentioned. Ethylene glycolate, ethyl celecoxib acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, etc. Propylene glycol, such as acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl acetate, acetic acid esters; propylene glycol oxime ether propionate, propylene glycol diethyl ether propionate, propylene glycol propyl ether propionate, propylene glycol butyl ether Propylene glycol alkyl ether propionate such as propionate; decyloxybutyl acetate, ethoxybutyl acetate, propoxy butyl acetate, butoxybutyl acetate, etc. Glycol monoalkyl ether acetate; butylene glycol monobutyl ester, ethoxybutyl propionate, propoxy butyl acrylate vinegar, butoxy butyl propionate and other butanediol single Alkyl ether propionates; diethylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate; dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc. Dipropylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetate; 1493IO.doc -69- 201111447 propanol monoethyl ether acetate; decyl pentyl acetate vinegar and the like. Diphenylene and mesitylene As the aromatic hydrocarbons, benzene, benzene, and the like are mentioned. Examples of the hydrocarbons include cyclohexans and the like. Examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, acetone, methyl amyl, decyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, N_f pyrrolidone, and 4-hydroxy-4-indolyl 2 pentyl嗣, 2_butanone, 2'-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-mercapto-2-pentane, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, isophorone, and the like. Examples of the esters include methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate, 2-hydroxy-2-indole propionate, and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl. Ethyl propyl propionate, methyl hydroxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, butyl glycolate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, propyl lactate, butyl lactic acid, 2-mercapto lactate, 3 hydroxypropionic acid Methyl ester, 3-hydroxypropionic acid ethyl, 3-hydroxypropyl propionate, butyl 3-hydroxypropionate, 2-hydroxy-3-indolyl decanoate, decyloxyacetate, decyloxy Ethyl acetate, propyl oxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, decyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, propyl ethoxyacetate, butyl ethoxyacetate, propoxyacetic acid Ethyl ester, ethyl propoxyacetate, propyl propoxyacetate, butyl propoxyacetate, methyl butoxyacetate, ethyl butoxyacetate, propyl butoxyacetate, butoxyacetate Ester, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, butyl 2-methoxypropionate, decyl ethoxy propionate, Ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, 2- Propyl oxypropionate, butyl 2-ethoxypropionate, decyl 2-butoxypropionate, ethyl 2-butoxypropionate, 149310.doc -70- 201111447 2-butoxypropionic acid Propyl ester, butyl 2-butoxypropionate, decyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, propyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid Butyl ester, decyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, propyl 3-ethoxypropionate, butyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-propoxypropionic acid Ethyl ester, 3-propoxypropionic acid B, Z-propoxy propionate, 3-propoxypropionic acid, methyl 3-butoxypropionate, 3-butoxy Ethyl propionate, propyl 3-butoxypropionate, butyl 3-butoxypropionate, ethyl pyruvate, and the like. Examples of the cyclic ethers include tetrahydrofuran, pyran, tetrahydropyran and the like. Examples of the cyclic esters include γ-butyrolactone and the like. Examples of the guanamines include hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, and the like. The solvent used in the dispersing step is preferably an ether acetate vinegar, an acid brewing cockroach, more preferably an ether acetate vinegar, and more preferably a propylene glycol early acetal acid. If these solvents are present, the surface of the obtained color light-passing sheet tends to be less likely to generate foreign matter. /The equal coolant can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Also, there may be a plurality of solvents. The pigment dispersion of the present invention is uniformly dispersed in the powder and dried in the dyed d. At the same time, it does not refer to the time of the instant, but refers to the evaluation of μ, +. W. In the same solvent in the 'Bian> glutinous rice in the solution, the heat and cooling of the distant cancer enamel are not carried out, and the second: ^ is also continued to be the minimum order. 4 Other operations or restrictions «Arbitrary Force 2: == In the same solvent, stir, etc. and evenly divide it into 149310.doc •71- 201111447 scatter/, put the two into the same solvent and disperse in one step. The method of dispersing the dye and the pigment at the same time is not particularly limited, and it can be carried out by a known apparatus, a known method, or the like. The dispersing agent and the solvent may be dispersed in a solvent, or the dye or pigment may be dissolved in a solvent and then mixed and dispersed. The dispersion is preferably carried out using a paint shaker, a sand mill, a y calendar machine (sand coffee), a ball mill, a pro-mill, a stone mill, a jet mill, a homogenizer or the like. By dispersing as described above, the pigment can be microparticulated, so that the coating of the colored composition: +:, 'The color filter obtained from the colored composition has a higher contrast. When the material is shaken and dispersed (4), it is preferred to use a glass bead or an oxidized material having a diameter of _. The temperature at which the dispersion is carried out is preferably 100 C or more, and more preferably 2 G to 8 (the time at which rc or more is 4 as the time of dispersion is 1 to 20 hours), preferably 1 to about 20 minutes, depending on the composition of the pigment dispersion liquid. The method for producing the coloring composition of the present invention is exemplified by the pigment dispersion liquid (4), and the mixture is selected from the group consisting of a solvent (8), a resin (B), a photopolymerizable compound (C), and light. Method 0 of selecting at least one of the group consisting of the polymerization initiator (D) The solvent may be used as it is, and may be used as it is, or may be mixed as appropriate. Further, the color combination is produced. The total amount of the dye and the pigment is 149310.doc • 72· 201111447. The solid content in the coloring composition is preferably 5 to 60% by mass, more preferably 8 to 55% by mass, and even more preferably 1%. ~50质量百分比。 Here, the solid content component refers to the total of the components other than the solvent in the coloring composition. If the content of the dye and the pigment is within the range @, the color of the resulting colored pattern or color filter is obtained. Full density and available in groups The resin (B) is not particularly limited as long as it contains a necessary amount of a binder polymer, and a coloring pattern or a color light-receiving sheet having excellent mechanical strength is formed. For example, an alkali-soluble resin is preferably contained. It is not particularly limited, and any resin can be used. For example, the alkali-soluble resin contains a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid. Here, (mercapto)acrylic acid means acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid. The content of the acrylic acid-derived structural unit is preferably 16 mol% or more, 4 mol% or less, more preferably 18 mol% or more, and 38 mol% or less, based on all structural units constituting the alkali-soluble resin. When the content of the structural unit derived from methyl)acrylic acid is within the above range, the solubility in the non-pixel portion during development is improved, and the non-pixel portion after development is less likely to remain in the residue. Examples of the other monomer constituting the structural unit other than the structural unit derived from (meth)acrylic acid of the alkali-soluble resin include an aromatic vinyl compound and an unsaturated group. Acid esters, aminoalkyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids, glycidyl esters of unsaturated carboxylic acids, vinyl carboxylates, unsaturated ethers, acrylonitrile compounds, unsaturated amides, unsaturated quinones a class of aliphatic conjugated dienes having a monoacrylonitrile group at the end of the polymer molecular chain or a single 149310.doc

C 201111447 曱基丙烯醯基之大分子單體類、式(π)所示之單元及式 (III)所示之單元等:C 201111447 Macromonomers of mercapto acrylonitrile groups, units represented by formula (π) and units represented by formula (III):

(式(II)及式(III)中’ R80及R82分別獨立表示氫原子或甲 基’ R及R分別獨立表不風原子或碳數1〜6之烧基)。 作為鹼溶性樹脂’具體而言,較佳為曱基丙烯酸/曱基 丙烯酸苄酯共聚物、甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/苯乙歸 共聚物、曱基丙烯酸/曱基丙烯酸苄酯/曱基丙烯酸異福略 共聚物、甲基丙稀酸/苯乙浠/甲基丙烯酸节醋/N_苯基順丁 烯二醯亞胺共聚物、曱基丙烯酸/式(II)所示之構成成分(其 中,此處式(II)中’ R53表示曱基,R54表示氫原子)/甲基= 烯酸苄酯共聚物、式(II)所示之結構單元(其中,此處式 (II) 中,R53表示甲基,R54表示氫原子甲其石咕说— 丁 ’ r丞丙烯酸苄酯共 聚物、甲基丙烯酸/式(III)所示之結構單元(其中,此户j (III) 中,R55表示曱基,R56表示氫原子芷 ^ 基丙烯酸三環癸酯共聚物等。 尤其是就硬化性、顯影性方面而言, 之鹼溶性樹脂: 卞八本乙烯共聚物/甲 較佳為式(IV)所示 149310.doc • 74· 201111447(In the formulae (II) and (III), 'R80 and R82 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R and R each independently represent a wind atom or a carbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms). As the alkali-soluble resin, specifically, a methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate copolymer, a methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer, a methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate / Isofuran methacrylate copolymer, methyl acrylate/phenethyl hydrazine/methacrylic acid vinegar/N-phenyl maleimide copolymer, thioglycol/formula (II) a constituent (wherein in the formula (II), 'R53 represents a fluorenyl group, R54 represents a hydrogen atom) / methyl = a benzyl olefin copolymer, and a structural unit represented by the formula (II) (wherein, In II), R53 represents a methyl group, and R54 represents a hydrogen atom, which is a benzyl ester of butyl ruthenium acrylate, and a structural unit represented by the formula (III) (wherein the household j (III) In the formula, R55 represents a fluorenyl group, and R56 represents a hydrogen atom sulfonate-based tricyclodecyl acrylate copolymer, etc. Especially in terms of hardenability and developability, an alkali-soluble resin: 卞八本ethylene copolymer/甲比佳佳式(IV) shown 149310.doc • 74· 201111447

性樹脂、例如曱基丙 酸苄酯共聚物可藉由 合而獲得2成分聚合 具有式(II)所示之結構單元之驗溶 烯酸/式(II)所示之結構單元/甲基丙稀 使曱基丙烯酸與曱基丙烯酸节酷聚 示之化合物反應 物,然後使所得之2成分聚合物與式(v)所 而獲得。 曱基丙稀酸/式(III)所示之4士 μ 〇 心、、,口構早凡/笨乙烯共聚物/甲基 丙烯酸三環癸酯共聚物可藉由传甲莫 柯田便甲基丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙 稀酸、三環癸烧骨架之單甲某兩接缺 丙稀k知共聚物與式(VI)所 示之化合物反應而獲得:A resin, for example, a benzyl mercaptopropionate copolymer, can be obtained by combining two components to form a structural unit of the formula (II) and a structural unit represented by the formula (II) / methyl propyl group The compound reactant of the thiol acrylate and the thiol acrylate is condensed, and then the obtained 2-component polymer is obtained by the formula (v). Mercaptopropionic acid / 4 μ μ 〇 heart, as shown in formula (III), ,, mouth structure, early / stupid ethylene copolymer / tricyclodecyl methacrylate copolymer can be transferred by Mokko A benzyl acrylate, a methyl acrylate acid, a tricyclic fluorene skeleton, a monomethyl methacrylate copolymer and a compound represented by the formula (VI) are obtained by reacting:

(VI) [式(V)及式(VI)中,以及R83表示與上述相同之含義卜 共聚合通常係使用聚合起始劑於溶劑令進行。 :氮聚::始劑’例如可使用:2,2'·偶氮雙異丁心 :氮又(2-甲基丙酸甲醋)之類之偶 W醯或過氧化第三丁基之類之過氧化物等。 149310.doc •75· 201111447 溶劑只要可溶解各單體即可,例如可使用:一 &amp; ,C* —每單甲 醚乙酸酯、乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯、 丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯之類之二醇醚酯類及上述溶劑等。g 反應溫度可考慮聚合起始劑之分解溫度、以及溶劑。。 體之沸點等而決定。 及單 再者,亦可以具有聚合性基之化合物將以上述方式獲得 之共聚物之側鏈改質,而製成感光性之鹼溶性樹脂。1 時,亦可添加用以向樹脂中導入聚合性基之觸媒。 作為觸媒,例如可列舉三-二甲基胺基甲基苯酚等。 又,亦可添加用以防止副反應之添加劑。作為添加劑’例 如可列舉對苯二酚等。 作為鹼溶性樹脂,例如可例示以下共聚物 等。 [K1]使不飽和羧酸及/或不飽和羧酸酐(B1)(以下有時簡 稱「(m)」)、與具有碳數2〜4之環狀醚結構之單體(B2)(以 下有時簡稱「(B2)」)聚合而成之共聚物。 [K2]使(B1)、(B2)及單體(B3)聚合而成之共聚物。此 處,單體(B3)(以下有時簡稱「(B3)」)係可與(B1)及/或 (B2)共聚合’且不同於(B1)及(B2)之單體。 [K3]藉由使(B1)與(B3)之共聚物中源自(B1)之羧基之一 部分、與源自(B2)之碳數2〜4之環狀醚結構進行反應而獲 得之共聚物。 [K4](B1)與(B3)之共聚物。 中較佳為使至少(B1)與(B2)聚合而成之共聚物。 149310.doc • 76· 201111447 作為(Bl) ’例如可列舉脂肪族不飽和羧酸及/或脂肪族不 飽和緩酸酐等。具體可列舉: 丙烯I、曱基丙烯酸、丁烯酸等不飽和單羧酸類; 順丁烯—酸、反丁烯二酸、檸康酸、中康酸、衣康酸等 不飽和二羧酸類;及 甲基-5-降福晞_2,3-二緩酸、5_緩基雙環[221]庚_2_稀、 5,6-一羧基雙環[2.21]庚_2_烯、5羧基_5·曱基雙環[2 2 J] 庚_2_烯、5·羧基_5_乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯、5-羧基-6-甲 基雙%[2.2_1]庚_2·稀、5_叛基_6_乙基雙環[2·21]庚_2_烯等 含有缓基之雙環不飽和化合物類; 順丁烯一酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐、3-乙烯基鄰苯二 曱酸酐、4-乙烯基鄰苯二曱酸酐、3,4,5,6-四氫鄰苯二曱酸 酐、1,2,3,6-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、二甲基四氫鄰苯二曱酸 酐5,6_一羧基雙環[2·2· 1]庚-2-烯酐(雙環庚烯二羧酸酐 (himic acid anhydride))等不飽和二羧酸類之酐; 琥珀酸單[2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯、鄰苯二甲酸單 [2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基]酯等二元以上之多元羧酸的不 飽和單[(甲基)丙烯醯氧基烷基]酯類; α-(羥基甲基)丙烯酸等同一分子中含有羥基及羧基之不 飽和丙烯酸酯類等。 其中,就共聚合反應性及鹼溶解性之方面而言,較佳為 丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸或順丁烯二酸酐等。 該等可單獨使用,或組合使用兩種以上。再者,於本說 明書中,只要無特別說明,則所例示之化合物、成分、化 149310.doc -77· 201111447 學劑等均可單獨使用或組合使用兩種以上。 於本說明書中,所謂「(甲基)丙稀酸」,係表示選自由 丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸所組成之群中 〈主)1種。「(甲基)丙 稀醯基」及「(甲基)而嫌g参酷 A* * , 丞)内烯鲛^ J專表述亦具有相同之含 義。 (B2)只要具有選自由例如碳數2〜4之環狀_結構(例如環 氧乙炫結構、氧雜環丁烧結構及四氫咬喃結構)所組成之 群中之至少1種結構即可’《而較佳為具有不飽和鍵 體。 作為(B2),例如可列舉具有環氧乙烷基之單體 '具有氧 雜%丁烷基之單體、具有四氫呋喃基之單體等。 上述所謂具有環氧乙院基之單體,係指具有選自由例如 脂肪族環氧基及脂環式環氧基所組成之群中之至少丨種基 的聚合性化合物。 具有環氧基之單體較佳為具有選自由將烯烴環氧化而成 之結構及將環烯烴環氧化而成之結構所組成之群中之至少 1種結構、與不飽和鍵的化合物,更佳為具有選自由將烯 烴環氧化而成之結構及將環烯烴環氧化而成之結構所組成 之群中之至少1種結構、與(甲基)丙烯醯氧基的單體。 作為具有將烯烴環氧化而成之結構的化合物,具體可列 舉:(曱基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸β_ T基縮水 甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸β_乙基縮水甘油酯、縮水甘油基乙 稀峻、曰本專利特開平7-248625號公報中記載之下述式 (VI)所示之化合物等: 1493l0.doc -78 - 201111447 R86 ml (VI) (式(VI)中,R84〜R86分別獨立為氫原子或碳原子數1〜10之 烧基,ml為1~5之整數)。 作為上述式(VI)所示之化合物,例如可列舉:鄰乙稀节 基縮水甘油醚、間乙烯苄基縮水甘油醚、對乙烯节基縮水 甘油醚、α-曱基-鄰乙稀节基縮水甘油趟、α_甲基_間乙稀 苄基縮水甘油醚、α-曱基-對乙稀苄基縮水甘油趟、2 3_二 縮水甘油氧基曱基笨乙烯、2,4-二縮水甘油氧基甲基苯乙 烯、2,5-二縮水甘油氧基甲基苯乙烯、2,6_二縮水甘油氧 基甲基苯乙烯、2,3,4-三縮水甘油氧基曱基苯乙烯、2 3 5_ 三縮水甘油氧基曱基苯乙烯、2,3,6_三縮水甘油氧基曱基 苯乙烯、3,4,5-三縮水甘油氧基甲基苯乙烯、2,4,心二縮水 甘油氧基甲基苯乙烯等。 作為具有將環烯烴環氧化而成之結構的單體,例 舉具有將單環之環婦烴環氧化而成之結構的單體、 多環之環烯烴環氧化而成之結構的單體等。作為且 乙烧結構之單體,較佳為具有選自由將單環婦: 化而成之結構及將衣卢夕严泣, 衣卿垣%虱 稱及將多%之壤稀煙環氧化而 之群中之至少彳猫 、、‘°構所組成 種、、、。構、與不飽和鍵的化合物, 有選自由將單環之严陵网w # 更佳為具 烯烴環氧化而成之 將夕環之環 風之結構所組成之群中之至少〗 (甲基)丙烯醯氧基的單體。 、、'。構、與 作為上述單環之環稀煙,例 幻舉,嶮戊烯、環己 I493I0.doc 79- 201111447 稀、%庚稀、環辛烯等。其中,較佳為碳數5〜7之化合 物。 作為具有將單環之環烯烴環氧化而成之結構的單體,具 體可列舉:一氧化乙稀基環己稀Π,2-環氧-4-乙烯基環己 院](例如 Celloxide 2000 ; Daicel Chemical Industries股份 有限公司製造)、丙烯酸_3,4_環氧環己基曱酯(例如 Cycl〇mer A4〇0; Daicel Chemical Industries股份有限公司 靠&quot;k)曱基丙稀酸_3,4-環氧環己基曱酷(例如Cyclomer M100 ’ Daicel Chemical Industries股份有限公司製造)等。 作為上述多環之環烯烴,例如可列舉:二環戊烯、三環 癸烯' 降宿烯、異降捐烯、雙環辛烯、雙環壬烯、雙環十 一烯、二環十一烯、雙環十二烯、三環十二烯等。 其中’較佳為碳數8〜12之化合物。 作為上述具有將多環之環烯烴環氧化而成之結構的單 體,例如可列舉:選自由丙烯酸_3,4_環氧降箱酯、曱基丙 烯酸-3,4-環氧降葙酯、式(νπ)所示之化合物及式(νπι)所 示之化合物所組成之群中之至少丨種化合物等:(VI) [In the formula (V) and the formula (VI), and R83 represents the same meaning as described above. The copolymerization is usually carried out by using a polymerization initiator in a solvent. : Nitrogen:: Starter' can be used, for example, 2,2'-azobisisobutytin: nitrogen or (2-methylpropionic acid methyl vinegar) or the like W醯 or peroxylated tert-butyl Classes of peroxides, etc. 149310.doc •75· 201111447 Solvents can be dissolved as long as they can be used, for example: one &amp; C*, per monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoterpene ether A glycol ether ester such as an acid ester or propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, or the like. g The reaction temperature may take into consideration the decomposition temperature of the polymerization initiator, and the solvent. . The boiling point of the body is determined. Further, the side chain of the copolymer obtained in the above manner may be modified by a compound having a polymerizable group to prepare a photosensitive alkali-soluble resin. At 1 o'clock, a catalyst for introducing a polymerizable group into the resin may be added. Examples of the catalyst include tris-dimethylaminomethylphenol and the like. Further, an additive for preventing side reactions may be added. As the additive, for example, hydroquinone or the like can be mentioned. As the alkali-soluble resin, for example, the following copolymers and the like can be exemplified. [K1] an unsaturated carboxylic acid and/or an unsaturated carboxylic anhydride (B1) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "(m)"), and a monomer (B2) having a cyclic ether structure having a carbon number of 2 to 4 (below) Sometimes referred to as "(B2)") polymerized copolymer. [K2] A copolymer obtained by polymerizing (B1), (B2) and a monomer (B3). Here, the monomer (B3) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "(B3)") is a monomer which can be copolymerized with (B1) and/or (B2) and is different from (B1) and (B2). [K3] copolymerization obtained by reacting a part of a carboxyl group derived from (B1) in a copolymer of (B1) and (B3) with a cyclic ether structure derived from a carbon number of 2 to 4 of (B2) Things. [K4] a copolymer of (B1) and (B3). Preferred is a copolymer obtained by polymerizing at least (B1) and (B2). 149310.doc • 76· 201111447 As (Bl), for example, an aliphatic unsaturated carboxylic acid and/or an aliphatic unsaturated slow anhydride can be mentioned. Specific examples thereof include unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as propylene I, mercaptoacrylic acid, and crotonic acid; unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, and itaconic acid. ; and methyl-5-norfosin 2,3-di-hypo-acid, 5-hydroxybicyclo[221]hept-2-di, 5,6-monocarboxybicyclo[2.21]hept-2-ene, 5 Carboxyl-5(indenyl)bicyclo[2 2 J]hept-2-ene, 5·carboxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-methylbis% [2.2 _1]g-_2, dilute, 5-remediate_6-ethylbicyclo[2·21]hept-2-ene and other bicyclic unsaturated compounds containing a slow group; maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, clothing Acetic anhydride, 3-vinyl phthalic anhydride, 4-vinyl phthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydroortho Phthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride 5,6-monocarboxybicyclo[2·2·1]hept-2-ene anhydride (himic acid anhydride), etc. Saturated dicarboxylic acid anhydride; succinic acid mono [2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl] ester, phthalic acid mono [2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl] ester, etc. Polycarboxylic acid Unsaturated mono[(meth)acryloxyalkyl]ester; unsaturated acrylate having a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group in the same molecule such as α-(hydroxymethyl)acrylic acid. Among them, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid or maleic anhydride is preferable in terms of copolymerization reactivity and alkali solubility. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In addition, in the present specification, the compound, the component, and the exemplified compound, etc., which are exemplified, may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the present specification, "(meth)acrylic acid" means one selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. "(Methyl) propyl sulfhydryl" and "(methyl) and g 酷 酷 A* *, 丞) internal olefin 鲛 ^ J also have the same meaning. (B2) as long as it has a carbon number selected from At least one of the groups consisting of a ring-shaped structure of 2 to 4 (for example, an epoxy oxime structure, an oxetane structure, and a tetrahydroanthracene structure) can be "and preferably has an unsaturated state" The (B2) may, for example, be a monomer having an oxirane group, a monomer having an oxaethyl group, a tetrahydrofuran group, or the like. The term "body" means a polymerizable compound having at least an anthracene group selected from the group consisting of, for example, an aliphatic epoxy group and an alicyclic epoxy group. The monomer having an epoxy group preferably has an olefin selected from the group consisting of At least one of the group consisting of the epoxidized structure and the structure in which the cyclic olefin is epoxidized, and the compound having an unsaturated bond are more preferably selected from the group consisting of a structure obtained by epoxidizing an olefin and At least one of a group consisting of a structure in which a cycloolefin is epoxidized, and (methyl) A monomer having a structure in which an olefin is epoxidized, and specific examples thereof include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-t-glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and (methyl). A compound represented by the following formula (VI), which is described in JP-A-H07-248625, which is described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 7-248625, and the like: 1493l0.doc -78 - 201111447 R86 ml (VI) (In the formula (VI), R84 to R86 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and ml is an integer of 1 to 5.) The compound represented by the above formula (VI) is, for example, It can be exemplified by o-ethene-glycidyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ethylene-glycidyl glycidyl ether, α-mercapto-o-ethylidene glycidyl hydrazine, α-methyl-m-ethylene Benzyl glycidyl ether, α-mercapto-p-ethylene benzyl glycidyl hydrazine, 2 3 diglycidyloxy fluorenyl stupid ethylene, 2,4-diglycidoxymethyl styrene, 2,5 - diglycidoxymethylstyrene, 2,6-diglycidoxymethylstyrene, 2,3,4-triglycidoxy Styrene, 2 3 5_triglycidyloxydecyl styrene, 2,3,6-triglycidyloxymercaptostyrene, 3,4,5-triglycidoxymethylstyrene, 2 4, diglycidyloxymethyl styrene, etc. As a monomer having a structure in which a cycloolefin is epoxidized, a monomer having a structure in which a monocyclic ring-making hydrocarbon is epoxidized is exemplified. a monomer having a structure in which a polycyclic cycloolefin is epoxidized, etc., and a monomer having an ethylene-fired structure preferably has a structure selected from the group consisting of a single ring and a weeping, clothing Qing 垣 虱 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 及 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多 多The compound having a structure and an unsaturated bond is at least selected from the group consisting of a structure in which a single ring of Yanling net w # is more preferably an epoxidized olefin. a monomer of propylene oxime. ,, '. Structure, and as a ring of the above single ring, for example, phantom, pentene, cyclohexane I493I0.doc 79- 201111447 dilute, % heptane, cyclooctene and the like. Among them, a compound having a carbon number of 5 to 7 is preferred. Specific examples of the monomer having a structure in which a monocyclic cycloolefin is epoxidized include ethylene oxide cyclohexanone, 2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexan] (for example, Celloxide 2000; Daicel Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), _3,4_epoxycyclohexyl decyl acrylate (for example, Cycl〇mer A4〇0; Daicel Chemical Industries Co., Ltd. by &quot;k) mercapto acrylic acid _3,4 Epoxycyclohexyl hydrazine (for example, Cyclomer M100 'manufactured by Daicel Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) and the like. Examples of the polycyclic cycloolefin include dicyclopentene, tricyclodecene, butene, isodecene, bicyclooctene, bicyclononene, bicycloundecene, and dicycloundecene. Bicyclododecene, tricyclododecene, and the like. Among them, a compound having a carbon number of 8 to 12 is preferred. The monomer having a structure obtained by epoxidizing a polycyclic cycloolefin, for example, is selected from the group consisting of acrylonitrile-3,4-epoxynorboxyl ester and methacrylic acid-3,4-epoxynorbornyl ester. a compound represented by the formula (νπ) and at least a compound of the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (νπι):

式(VII)及式(VIII)中,尺87及尺88分別獨立表承氫原子或 碳數1〜4之烷基,該烷基中所含之氫原子可經羥基取代; X87及X88分別獨立表示單鍵、碳數ι〜6之烷二基或 149310.doc -80- 201111447 *-(CH2)s-X'-(CH2)t-; X’表示-s~、-O-或-NH-; s表示1〜6之整數,t表示〇〜6之整數;其中,s + t$ 6 ; *表示與Ο鍵結之鍵]。 作為R87及R88 ’具體可列舉:氫原子;曱基、乙基、正 丙基、異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基等烷基; 經基曱基、1·羥基乙基、2_羥基乙基、丨_羥基丙基、2、 經基丙基、3-羥基丙基、丨_羥基-甲基乙基、2_羥基甲 基乙基、1-羥基丁基、2-羥基丁基、3-羥基丁基、4-趣基 丁基等經羥基取代之烷基。 其中,較佳為氫原子、曱基、經基曱基、1_羥基乙基、 2-羥基乙基。更佳為氫原子、曱基。 作為表示X71及X72之碳數1〜6之烷二基,可列舉:亞甲 基、伸乙基、丙烷-1,2-二基、丙烷-l,3-二基、丁烷一 基、戊烷-1,5-二基、己烷-1,6-二基等。 其中,較佳為單鍵、亞曱基、伸乙基、_〇_CH2_、 。更佳為單鍵、-〇-(CH2)2-。 2 選自由式(VII)所示之化合物及式(¥111)所示之化合物所 組成之群中之至少1種化合物較佳為選自由下述式 示之化合物及式(viir)所示之化合物所組成之群中之至少 1種化合物:In the formulae (VII) and (VIII), the ruler 87 and the ruler 88 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxyl group; X87 and X88 respectively Independently represents a single bond, alkanediyl group of carbon number ι~6 or 149310.doc -80- 201111447 *-(CH2)s-X'-(CH2)t-; X' represents -s~, -O- or - NH-; s represents an integer of 1 to 6, and t represents an integer of 〇~6; wherein s + t$6; * represents a bond with Ο]. Specific examples of R87 and R88' include a hydrogen atom; an alkyl group such as a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, and a t-butyl group; Hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, hydrazine-hydroxypropyl, 2, propylidene, 3-hydroxypropyl, hydrazine-hydroxy-methylethyl, 2-hydroxymethylethyl, 1-hydroxybutyl A hydroxy-substituted alkyl group such as 2-hydroxybutyl, 3-hydroxybutyl or 4-chattybutyl. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, and a 2-hydroxyethyl group are preferable. More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom or a sulfhydryl group. Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms of X71 and X72 include a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propane-1,2-diyl group, a propane-1,3-diyl group, and a butane-based group. Pentane-1,5-diyl, hexane-1,6-diyl and the like. Among them, a single bond, an anthracene group, an extended ethyl group, _〇_CH2_, is preferable. More preferably, it is a single bond, -〇-(CH2)2-. 2 at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (VII) and the compound represented by the formula (¥111) is preferably selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the following formula and the formula (viir). At least one compound of the group consisting of:

(VII·)(VII·)

(VIIP) 149310.doc • 81 - 201111447 式(VII,)及式(VIII,)中,R89及r9〇分別與上述r87及r88表 示相同含義。 作為式(VII)所示之化合物,例如可列舉式(vn—丨)〜式 (VII-1 5)所示之化合物等。較佳為式、式(VII 3)、 式(VII-5)、式(VII-7)、式(νπ-9)、式〜式(νπ_15)。 更佳為式(VII-1)、式(VII-7)、式(VII-9)、式(VII-15): Ο H2C:CH—c~~o H2C:CH~C-〇-CH2(VIIP) 149310.doc • 81 - 201111447 In the formulae (VII,) and (VIII,), R89 and r9〇 have the same meanings as the above-mentioned r87 and r88, respectively. The compound represented by the formula (VII) may, for example, be a compound represented by the formula (vn-丨) to the formula (VII-1 5). Preferred are the formula, the formula (VII 3), the formula (VII-5), the formula (VII-7), the formula (νπ-9), and the formula (νπ_15). More preferably, it is a formula (VII-1), a formula (VII-7), a formula (VII-9), and a formula (VII-15): Ο H2C: CH-c~~o H2C: CH~C-〇-CH2

(VIM) H2C-CH—c—o-c2h4—s —C2H4—R CH3〇 ,,Λ I II H2c=c一C—O—C2H4—s(VIM) H2C-CH-c-o-c2h4-s —C2H4—R CH3〇 ,,Λ I II H2c=c-C—O—C2H4—s

o HjOCH—C'~~0 〇 (VH-3) oo HjOCH—C'~~0 〇 (VH-3) o

H2C:CH CH30 HjCeC—Q. 俨3〇 H2C=C一c-o—ch2 CH3o I II h2C=C一c—0—C2H4 CH30 H2Cs=C—C—〇—〇2H4~〇H2C: CH CH30 HjCeC—Q. 俨3〇 H2C=C-c-o-ch2 CH3o I II h2C=C-c—0—C2H4 CH30 H2Cs=C—C—〇—〇2H4~〇

ch3o H2〇=C1 C—C2H4— HjC: ch2oh o H2〇=C 0 一 o c2h4oh o h2c=c-c— rtoCh3o H2〇=C1 C—C2H4—HjC: ch2oh o H2〇=C 0 a o c2h4oh o h2c=c-c— rto

(VII-15) 作為式(viii)所示之化合物,例如可列舉式(vnu)〜式 (乂111-15)所示之化合物等。較佳為式(^111_1)、式^111_3)、 149310.doc •82, 201111447 式(VIII-5)、式(VIII-7)、式(VIII-9)、式(VIII-ll)〜式(VIII-15)。 更佳為式(VIII-1)、式(VIII-7)、式(VIII-9)、式(VIII-15):(VII-15) The compound represented by the formula (viii) may, for example, be a compound represented by the formula (vnu) to the formula (乂111-15). Preferably, it is a formula (^111_1), a formula ^111_3), a 149310.doc • 82, 201111447, a formula (VIII-5), a formula (VIII-7), a formula (VIII-9), and a formula (VIII-ll). (VIII-15). More preferably, it is a formula (VIII-1), a formula (VIII-7), a formula (VIII-9), and a formula (VIII-15):

HaC^CH—C-O-C2H4 〇 II H2C:CH—C—Ο—C2H4一0 H2C=C—c-o CH30 f I II HjC^C—C*~O—CHjHaC^CH—C-O-C2H4 〇 II H2C:CH—C—Ο—C2H4—0 H2C=C—c-o CH30 f I II HjC^C—C*~O—CHj

(Vffl-7) 0(Vffl-7) 0

CH2OH o I II h2c=c-c—o c^h4oh o H2c-i 11CH2OH o I II h2c=c-c-o c^h4oh o H2c-i 11

CH30 HjC—C—C—O—C2H4—O (VIII-12) ΪΗ3 π 一Ο—CjHi·CH30 HjC—C—C—O—C2H4-O (VIII-12) ΪΗ3 π 一Ο—CjHi·

選自由式(vii)所示之化合物及式(VIII)所示之化合物所 組成之群中之至少1種化合物可分別單獨使用。又,亦可 以任意之比率進行混合。於進行混合之情形時,其混合比 率以莫耳比計較佳為式(VII):式(VIII)為5:95〜95:5,更佳 為10:90〜90:10,進而更佳為20:80〜80:20。 作為上述具有氧雜環丁烷基之單體,較佳為具有氧雜環 丁烷基與不飽和鍵之化合物,更佳為具有氧雜環丁烷基與 149310.doc •83- 201111447 (甲基)丙烯醯氧基之單體。 甲美=,T貌基之單體,具體可列舉:3_甲基·3· ==基甲基氧雜環丁统、”基·—氧基甲 丞氧雜% 丁炫、3-r其 基_3_ f基丙烯醯氧基f基氧雜環丁 、元 乙基·3_丙烯醯氧基甲基氧雜環丁烷、3_甲基_3_甲基 丙烯醯氧基乙基氣雜搭丁π, 土 m 丞軋雜% 丁烷、3·甲基-3-丙烯醯氧基乙基氧 雜%&lt; 丁坑、3_乙基·3·甲基丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烧或3-乙基-3-丙烯醯氧基乙基氧雜環丁烷等。 作為上述具有四氫吱喃基之單體,較佳為具有四氯咬喃 基與不飽和鍵之化合物,更佳為具有四氫咬喃基與(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基之單體。 作為具有四氫呋喃基之單體,具體可列舉丙烯酸四氫糠 酯(例如Viscoat V# 150,大阪有機化學工業股份有限公司 製造)、甲基丙烯酸四氫糠酯等。 作為可共聚合之單體(B3),例如可列舉: (曱基)丙烯酸甲酯、(曱基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正 丁醋、(曱基)丙稀酸第二丁醋、(曱基)丙稀酸第三丁醋等 (曱基)丙烯酸烷基酯類; (曱基)丙稀酸環己酯、(曱基)丙稀酸-2-曱基環己酯、(曱 基)丙稀酸三環[5.2.1.02’6]癸烧-8-基醋(於該技術領域中, 慣用名係稱作(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯)、(曱基)丙烯酸二環 戊氧基乙酯、(曱基)丙烯酸異福酯等(曱基)丙烯酸環烷基 酯類; (曱基)丙烯酸苯醋、(甲基)丙缔酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳 149310.doc -84- 201111447 基酯類; 順丁烯二酸二乙酯'反丁烯二酸二乙酯、衣康酸二乙酯 等二羧酸二酯; (甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙稀酸-2-羥基丙酯等 羥基烷基酯類; 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-婦、5-乙基 雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基雙環[22.^庚-之-烯、5-羥基曱 基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-婦、5-(2’-經基乙基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-甲氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚·2_烯、5_乙氧基雙環[2.2.1 ]庚-2-烯、5,6-二羥基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯、5,6-二(羥基甲基)雙 環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二(2,_ 羥基乙基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5,6-二曱氧基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯、5,6_二乙氧基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-2-烯、5-羥基-5-曱基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥 基-5-乙基雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯、5-羥基甲基-5-甲基雙環 [2.2_1]庚-2-烯、5·第三丁氧基羰基雙環[2 2 ^庚^-烯、5_ 環己氧基幾基雙環[2.2.1]庚_2-烯、5-苯氧基羰基雙環 [2.2.1] 庚-2-烯、5,6-二(第三丁氧基羰基)雙環[221]庚_2_ 烯、5,6_二(環己氧基羰基)雙環[2.2.1]庚-2-烯等雙環不飽 和化合物類; Ν-甲基順丁歸二醯亞胺、Ν-乙基順丁稀二醜亞胺、丙 基順丁烯二醯亞胺等Ν-烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺; Ν-環戊基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν_環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺、 Ν-環辛基順丁烯二醯亞胺等Ν_環烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺; Ν-金剛烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺、Ν_降彳|基順丁烯二醯亞胺 1493I0.doc -85- 201111447 等經N-交聯碳環式基取代之順丁烯二醯亞胺; N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺等队芳基順丁烯二醯亞胺; N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺等N_芳烷基順丁烯二醯亞胺; N- 丁一醯亞胺基_3_順丁烯二醯亞胺苯甲酸酯、丁二 酿亞胺基4-順丁;^〕醯亞⑯丁酸醋、&amp; 丁二冑亞胺基_6· 順丁烯二醯亞胺己酸酯、N_ 丁二醯亞胺基·3_順丁烯二醯 亞胺丙酸醋、Ν_(Μ咬基)順丁烯二醯亞胺等二数基酿亞 胺衍生物類; 苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、間曱基苯乙烯、對甲基笨乙 烯'乙烯基甲苯、對甲氧基笨乙烯、丙烯腈、曱基丙烯 腈、氣乙烯、偏二氣乙烯、丙烯醯胺、甲基丙烯醯胺、乙 酸乙稀酯、U· 丁二稀、異戊二烯、2,3•二甲基·^-丁二 烯等。 其中 乙烯、 ,就共聚合反應性及鹼溶解性方面而言,較佳為苯 N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N_環己基順丁烯二醯亞 胺、N-苄基順丁烯二醯亞胺 雙環[2.2.1]庚_2_烯等。 共聚物[ΚΪΗΚ4]例如可參考文獻「高分子合成之實驗 法」(大津隆行著’化學同人發行所股份有限公司,第遺 第1次印刷’ 1972年…日發行)中記載之方法及該文獻中 記載之引用文獻而製造。 具體而言,將構成共聚物之單體(B1)及(B2)、任意』 (B3)之特定量、聚合起始劑及溶劑添加至反應容器中、 用氮氣置換氧氣,&amp;氧氣不存在下進行攪拌、加埶」 溫,藉此獲得聚合物。添加方法、反應溫度及時間等以 149310.doc • 86 - 201111447 條件可考慮製造設備、聚合之發熱量等而適當調整。 此處所使用之聚合起始劑及溶劑可使用該㈣通常使用 者之任意者。例如可使用上述聚合起始劑及溶劑等。 再者,所#之共聚物可直接使用反應後之溶液,亦可使 用加以濃縮或稀釋後之溶液,亦可使用利用再沈殿等方法 而取出的固體(粉體)。 尤其是藉由在該聚合時使用上述溶劑作為溶劑,可直接 使用反應後之溶液,從而可簡化製造步驟。 共聚物[Kim佳為源自各單體之結構單元之比率相對於 構成共聚物[K1]的結構單元之合計莫耳數處於以下範圍 内0 (Bl)5~95莫耳%’更佳為〜如莫耳% (B2)5〜95莫耳% ’更佳為〜如莫耳%。 又,共聚物[K2]較佳為源自各單體之結構單元之比率相 對於構成共聚物[K2]的結構單元之合計量處於以下範圍 内。 (81)2〜40莫耳%,更佳為5〜35莫耳% (Β2) 2〜95莫耳%’更佳為$〜8〇莫耳% (33)1~65莫耳%,更佳為丨〜6〇莫耳%。 共聚物[Κ3]可經過兩個階段之步驟而製造。 首先使(Β1)與(Β3)與上述方法同樣地進行共聚合而獲 得共聚物。 於β If形時’較佳為各單體之比率相對於構成樹脂的結 構單元之合計量處於以下範圍内。 149310.doc -87- 201111447 (Bl) 5〜50莫耳%,較佳為ι〇〜45莫耳。/〇 (B 3) 50〜95莫耳%,較佳為55〜90莫耳%。 繼而,使源自(B1)與(B3)之共聚物的(B1)之羧酸及/或羧 酸酐之一部分與源自(B2)之環狀醚(環氧乙烷基、氧雜環丁 烷基或四氫呋喃基)進行反應。 為進行該反應,接著將制瓦内5衷境由氛氣置換成空氣, 將(B2)、反應觸媒及聚合抑制劑等放入至燒瓶内例如於 60〜13〇°C下持續反應丨〜⑺小時。添加方法、反應溫度及時 間等反應條件可考慮製造設備及聚合之發熱量等而適當調 整。 該情形之(B2)之莫耳數相對於(B1)之莫耳數較佳為5〜 莫耳%’更佳為H)〜75莫耳% ’進而更佳為15〜7〇莫耳%。 反應觸媒較佳為可用作m基與環狀_ (環氧乙炫基、氧 雜環丁烷基或四氫呋喃基)之反應觸媒者。具體可例示三 二曱基胺基甲基苯酚等。 反應觸媒之使用量相對於(B1)〜(B3)之合計量較 0.001 〜5〇/〇。 # 聚合抑制劑例如可例示對苯二紛。 量較佳為 聚合抑制劑之使用量相對於(B 1)〜(B3)之合計 0.001 〜5 質量 0/〇。 共聚物陶較佳為源自各單體之結構單元之比率 構成共聚物[K4]的單體之合計量處於以下範圍内。 5 (B1) 2〜40莫耳°〆❶,更佳為5〜35莫耳% (B2) 60〜98莫耳%,更佳為65〜95莫耳%。 149310.doc -88· 201111447 共聚物[K1卜[K4]之分散度(分子量分布)、[重量平均分 子量(MW)/數量平均分子量(Μη)]較佳為ι卜6 〇,更佳為 1 ·2〜4,0 〇 樹脂⑻之聚笨乙烯換算重量平均分子量較佳為5,_〜 35,000 ’更佳為6,_〜3μ⑽,尤佳為7,咖〜%咖。若分 子量處於上述範圍内,則存在塗膜硬度提高,殘膜率亦較 焉,未曝光部相對於顯影液之溶解性良好,解像度提高之 傾向,故而較佳。 樹脂W.之酸值較佳為50〜150,更佳為6〇〜135,尤佳為 7广135。此處酸值係以中和1 g丙稀酸系聚合物所必需之 ^化鉀之量(mg)的形式而測定之值,通常可藉由使用氫 氧化鉀水溶液進行滴定而求出。 拍之含量相對於著色組合物之固形物成分較佳為 〇 65貝里/〇,更佳為13〜6〇質量%,進而更佳為17〜55質量 %。若樹月旨(Β)之含量處於上述範圍内,則可形成圖案,並 且存在解像度及殘膜率提高之傾向。 人:聚合性化合物(c)只要為可利用藉由照射光而自光聚 二,始劑(D)產生之活性自由基、酸等進行聚合之化合 則並無特別限定。例如可列舉具有聚合性碳 和鍵之化合物等。 上述光聚合性化合物(C),較佳為3官能以上之多官 合物,° ^化合物。作為3官能以上之多官能光聚合性化 美丙说例如可列舉:季戊四醇四丙稀酸醋、季戍四醇四曱 丞丙稀酸酷、_ &amp;丄、 一季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇五甲基 149310.doc •89- 201111447 丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸 _ ^ R '― -T· /5,匹/ m 4^ 烯酸醋等》上述光聚合性化合物(c)可單獨使用 合使用兩種以上。 ί :聚合性化合物(c)之含量相對於著色組合物之固形物 成为較佳為7〜65質量%,更佳為13〜6〇質量%,進 質量%。若上述光聚合性化合物(〇之含量處於上述 :圍内,則存在硬化充分進行,顯影前後之膜厚比率: n,不容易於圖案中產生底切而密著性變得良好的傾向。 光聚合起始劑⑼係藉由照射光而產生活性自由基、酸 等而可使聚合性化合物(〇聚合之化合物’較佳為藉由紫 外線產生自由基之化合物。作為上述之光聚合起始劑 (D) ’可列舉活性自由基產生劑、酸產生劑等。 ‘活性自由基產生劑係藉由照射光而產生活性自由基。作 為上述活性自由基產生劑,例如可列舉:苯乙酮系化合 物、安息香系化合物、二苯曱酮系化合物、9_氧硫口山❹ 化合物、三畊系化合物 '肟系化合物等。 作為上述苯乙酮系化合物,例如可列舉:二乙氧美笨乙 _、2-甲基_2_料基]_(4·甲破基苯基)丙院小酮^經 基-2-甲基小苯基丙烷小_、苯偶醯二曱基縮酮、2_羥基_ 2_曱基羧基乙氧基)笨基]丙院小鋼、i-經基環己 基苯基酮、2-經基-2-甲基·W4仆甲基乙稀基)苯基]丙统_ 1-酮之低聚物等,較佳者可列舉2_甲基〜朱啉基甲 硫基笨基)丙烷-1-酮等。 活性自由基產生劑係藉由照射光而產生活性自由基。作 149310.doc 201111447 為上述活性自由基產生劑,例如 &amp; 可列舉:安息香系化人 物、二苯曱酮系化合物、9-氧硫 , 人t, P星系化合物、三11井系化 合物、肟系化合物等。 乐 作為上述安息香系化合物,例如 〜 ^ _ 夕』举’文息香、安息 香曱醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異兩 a 呢女息香異丁醚等。 作為上述二苯甲酮系化合物,例 例如可列舉:二笨甲酮、 郴本甲醯基苯曱酸曱酯、4-苯基-贫田s 本曱酮、4-苯甲醯基_4,· 曱基二苯基硫醚、3,3',4,4,-四(第-τ * V弟二丁基過氧化羰基)二苯 曱酮、2,4,6-三甲基二苯甲酮等。 作為上述9-氧硫咄喵系化合物,例如可列舉:孓異丙美 9-氧硫•星、4-異丙基冬氧硫㈣、2,二乙基二 :山峰、2,二氯冬氧硫㈣、如丙氧基_9·氡硫— 等。 作為上述三畊系化合物,例如可列舉:2,心雙(三氣甲 基)W4-甲氧基苯基井、2,4_雙(三氣^基^⑷ 甲乳基萘基)-1,3,5-三味、2,4-雙(三氣曱基)_6_(4_甲氣基笨 乙烯基)-1,3,5-三畊、2,4-雙(三氯甲基)冬[2_(5_甲基^ _ 2-基)乙烯基]-l,3,5-三畊、2,4-雙(三氣曱基)_6_[2_(咬喃 基)乙烯基]-1,3,5-三畊、2,4-雙(三氣甲基)_6_[2_(4_二乙基 胺基-2-曱基苯基)乙烯基卜^,^三畊、2,4_雙(三氯甲基I 6-[2·(3,4-二甲氧基苯基)乙烯基三畊等。 作為上述肟系化合物,例如可列舉·· 〇_醯基肟系化合 物,作為其具體例,可列舉:N_苯甲醯氧基^-(心苯基硫 院基苯基)丁烧-1-酮-2-亞月安、N_苯甲醯氧基_卜(4_笨基硫At least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compound represented by the formula (vii) and the compound represented by the formula (VIII) can be used alone. Further, it is also possible to mix at any ratio. In the case of mixing, the mixing ratio is preferably a formula (VII) in a molar ratio: a formula (VIII) of 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and still more preferably 20:80~80:20. As the above monomer having an oxetane group, a compound having an oxetane group and an unsaturated bond is preferred, and more preferably an oxetane group and 149310.doc • 83-201111447 (A A monomer of a propylene oxime group. Ami =, T-based monomer, specifically can be cited: 3 - methyl · 3 · = = methyl oxetane, "based · oxymethyl oxime oxime Ding Xuan, 3-r Its base _3_ f-based propylene oxy-oxyl oxetane, meta-ethyl 3-methoxypropoxymethyl oxetane, 3-methyl-3-methylpropenyloxyethyl Gas mixture π, soil m 杂 rolling % butane, 3 · methyl-3-propenyloxyethyl oxa% &lt; Ding pit, 3_ethyl · 3 · methacryloxy a oxetane or 3-ethyl-3-propenyloxyethyloxetane, etc. As the above-mentioned monomer having a tetrahydrofuranyl group, it is preferred to have a tetrachloroguanidine group and not The compound having a saturated bond is more preferably a monomer having a tetrahydrocarbyl group and a (meth) acryloxy group. Specific examples of the monomer having a tetrahydrofuran group include tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (for example, Viscoat V# 150, (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, etc. Examples of the copolymerizable monomer (B3) include methyl (meth)acrylate and ethyl (meth)acrylate. (meth)acrylic acid Butyl vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid, second butyl vinegar, (mercapto) acrylic acid, third butyl vinegar, etc. (alkyl) acrylates; (mercapto) propylene cyclohexyl ester, (曱Benzyl-2-mercaptocyclohexyl acrylate, (fluorenyl) acrylic acid tricyclo [5.2.1.02'6] oxime-8-yl vinegar (in the technical field, the conventional name is called ( (cyclopentyl methacrylate), dicyclopentyloxyethyl (mercapto) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate (cycloalkyl) acrylate, phenyl acrylate (methyl)propionic acid benzyl ester or the like (meth)acrylic acid ary 149310.doc -84- 201111447 base ester; diethyl maleate 'diethyl fumarate, itaconic acid II a dicarboxylic acid diester such as ethyl ester; a hydroxyalkyl ester such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate or 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate; bicyclo [2.2.1] g-2 - alkene, 5-methylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxybicyclo[22.^h---ene, 5 -hydroxyindenylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-yl, 5-(2'-ylethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo[2.2 .1]g 2 -ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo[2.2.1 ]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-di ( Hydroxymethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis(2,-hydroxyethyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6-dioxaoxybicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-mercaptobicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene , 5-hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethyl-5-methylbicyclo[2.2_1]hept-2-ene, 5·t-butoxycarbonyl Bicyclo[2 2 ^heptyl-ene, 5-cyclohexyloxybicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxycarbonylbicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene, 5,6 a bicyclic unsaturated compound such as bis(t-butoxycarbonyl)bicyclo[221]hept-2-ene or 5,6-di(cyclohexyloxycarbonyl)bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene; -Methyl cis-butyl quinone imine, hydrazine-ethyl cis-butyl bis-imine, propyl maleimide, etc. Ν-alkyl maleimide; Ν-cyclopentyl顺-cycloalkyl maleimide, such as maleimide, Ν-cyclohexyl maleimide, fluorene-cyclooctylmethyleneimine, etc.; Ν-adamantyl cis Butene Dimethyleneimine, hydrazine _ 彳 彳 基 基 基 1 1 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 493 Butylene diimine imine, etc. aryl maleimide; N-benzyl maleimide, N-aralkyl maleimide, N-butyl iminoimine Base_3_ maleimide benzoate benzoate, butyl imino 4-pyrene; ^] 醯 16 16 butyric acid vinegar, &amp; dimethyl quinone imine _6 · cis-butene Derivatives of diterpene imine hexanoate, N-butanediamine, 3 - maleimide, propionic acid vinegar, Ν_(Μ 基), maleimide, etc. Benzene, α-methylstyrene, m-decyl styrene, p-methyl styrene ethylene vinyl toluene, p-methoxy acetophenone, acrylonitrile, mercapto acrylonitrile, ethylene, partial gas Ethylene, acrylamide, methacrylamide, ethylene acetate, U·butyl dichloride, isoprene, 2,3 • dimethyl·^-butadiene, and the like. Among them, ethylene, in terms of copolymerization reactivity and alkali solubility, preferably benzene N-phenyl maleimide, N-cyclohexyl maleimide, N-benzyl cis Butylene diimine bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene and the like. The copolymer [ΚΪΗΚ4] can be referred to, for example, the method described in the "Experimental Method for Polymer Synthesis" (Otsutsu Takayuki, "Chemical Tongren Publishing Co., Ltd., First Printing", issued in 1972...) Manufactured from the cited documents. Specifically, a specific amount of the monomers (B1) and (B2) and any of the copolymers (B3) constituting the copolymer, a polymerization initiator and a solvent are added to the reaction vessel, and oxygen is replaced with nitrogen gas, and oxygen does not exist. The mixture was stirred and twisted to obtain a polymer. The addition method, reaction temperature, and time may be appropriately adjusted in consideration of manufacturing equipment, heat generation of polymerization, etc. under the conditions of 149310.doc • 86 - 201111447. Any of the above-mentioned (4) usual users can be used as the polymerization initiator and solvent used herein. For example, the above polymerization initiator, solvent and the like can be used. Further, the copolymer of # may be used as it is, or a solution obtained by concentration or dilution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as re-sinking may be used. In particular, by using the above solvent as a solvent in the polymerization, the solution after the reaction can be used as it is, so that the production steps can be simplified. The copolymer [Kim is preferably a ratio of the structural unit derived from each monomer to the total number of moles of the structural unit constituting the copolymer [K1] in the following range of 0 (Bl) 5 to 95 mol %'. ~ such as Moer% (B2) 5~95 Moer % 'better for ~ as Moer%. Further, the copolymer [K2] is preferably such that the ratio of the structural unit derived from each monomer is within the following range with respect to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the copolymer [K2]. (81) 2 to 40 mol%, more preferably 5 to 35 mol% (Β2) 2 to 95 mol %' better for $~8〇 Moer% (33) 1~65 mol%, more Jia Wei 丨 ~ 6 〇 Mo Er%. The copolymer [Κ3] can be produced in two stages. First, (Β1) and (Β3) were copolymerized in the same manner as in the above method to obtain a copolymer. In the case of the β If shape, it is preferable that the ratio of the respective monomers is within the following range with respect to the total amount of the structural units constituting the resin. 149310.doc -87- 201111447 (Bl) 5~50% by mole, preferably ι〇~45mol. /〇 (B 3) 50 to 95% by mole, preferably 55 to 90% by mole. Then, a part of the carboxylic acid and/or carboxylic anhydride of (B1) derived from the copolymer of (B1) and (B3) and a cyclic ether derived from (B2) (oxiranyl group, oxetane) The alkyl group or tetrahydrofuranyl group is reacted. In order to carry out the reaction, the inside of the tile is replaced with air by an atmosphere, and (B2), a reaction catalyst, a polymerization inhibitor, and the like are placed in a flask, for example, at 60 to 13 ° C for continued reaction. ~(7) hours. The reaction conditions such as the addition method, the reaction temperature, and the like can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the manufacturing equipment and the heat generation amount of the polymerization. In this case, the number of moles of (B2) relative to the number of moles of (B1) is preferably 5 to mol%, more preferably H) to 75 mol%, and further preferably 15 to 7 mol%. . The reaction catalyst is preferably used as a reaction catalyst for the m group and the cyclic group (epoxyethyl, oxetane or tetrahydrofuranyl). Specifically, tridecylaminomethylphenol or the like can be exemplified. The amount of the reaction catalyst used is 0.001 to 5 Å/〇 with respect to the total amount of (B1) to (B3). # Polymerization inhibitors, for example, can be exemplified by p-benzoic acid. The amount of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.001 to 5 masses per liter of the total amount of (B 1) to (B3). The copolymer ceramic is preferably a ratio derived from the structural unit of each monomer. The total amount of the monomers constituting the copolymer [K4] is in the following range. 5 (B1) 2 to 40 mol ° °, more preferably 5 to 35 mol % (B2) 60 to 98 mol %, more preferably 65 to 95 mol %. 149310.doc -88· 201111447 The copolymer [K1][K4] dispersion (molecular weight distribution), [weight average molecular weight (MW) / number average molecular weight (?η)] is preferably ι 6 6 〇, more preferably 1 2~4,0 The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of the resin (8) is preferably 5, _~35,000', more preferably 6, _~3μ (10), and particularly preferably 7, coffee ~% coffee. When the molecular weight is in the above range, the hardness of the coating film is increased, the residual film ratio is also high, and the solubility of the unexposed portion with respect to the developer is good, and the resolution tends to be improved, which is preferable. The acid value of the resin W. is preferably from 50 to 150, more preferably from 6 to 135, still more preferably from 7 to 135. Here, the acid value is a value measured by neutralizing the amount (mg) of potassium which is necessary for 1 g of the acrylic acid polymer, and can usually be determined by titration with an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide. The content of the solid content relative to the solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 贝65 berg/twice, more preferably 13 to 6 〇 mass%, still more preferably 17 to 55 mass%. When the content of the tree is within the above range, a pattern can be formed, and the resolution and the residual film ratio tend to increase. The polymerizable compound (c) is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by photopolymerization by irradiation with light, and active polymerization of an initiator (D). For example, a compound having a polymerizable carbon and a bond may, for example, be mentioned. The photopolymerizable compound (C) is preferably a compound having three or more functional groups, and is a compound. Examples of the trifunctional or higher polyfunctional photopolymerizable propylene include, for example, pentaerythritol tetraacrylic acid vinegar, quaternary tetral tetramethylene acrylate, _ &amp; oxime, pentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol. Pentamethyl 149310.doc •89- 201111447 Acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylic acid _ ^ R '- -T· /5, p / m 4^ oleic acid vinegar, etc. The above photopolymerizable compound (c) can be used alone Use two or more. ί : The content of the polymerizable compound (c) is preferably from 7 to 65% by mass, more preferably from 13 to 6% by mass, based on the solid content of the coloring composition. When the content of the photopolymerizable compound (the content of the ruthenium is in the above range, the curing is sufficiently performed, and the film thickness ratio before and after the development: n is less likely to cause undercut in the pattern, and the adhesion tends to be good. The polymerization initiator (9) is a polymerizable compound (the compound which is polymerized by hydrazine is preferably a compound which generates a radical by ultraviolet rays) by generating an active radical, an acid or the like by irradiation with light. As the photopolymerization initiator described above (D) 'A living radical generating agent, an acid generating agent, etc. are mentioned. 'The living radical generating agent generates an active radical by irradiation of light. Examples of the active radical generating agent include an acetophenone system. a compound, a benzoin-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, a 9-oxo-sulphate compound, a tri-negative compound, an anthraquinone-based compound, etc. As the acetophenone-based compound, for example, diethyl methoxide _, 2-methyl-2-indenyl]-(4·-methylphenyl) propyl ketone ketone-2-methyl small phenylpropane small _, benzoin dinonyl ketal, 2_hydroxy_ 2_mercaptocarboxyethoxy) stupid base] Preferred in the field of Xiaogang, i-radiocyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-carbyl-2-methyl W4 methyl ethyl phenyl) phenyl] propyl -1- ketone oligomer, etc. A 2-methyl-julinylmethylthiophenyl) propan-1-one etc. are mentioned. The living radical generator generates active radicals by irradiating light. 149310.doc 201111447 is the above-mentioned living radical generating agent, for example, &amp; benzoin-based person, benzophenone-based compound, 9-oxo-sulfur, human t, P-galaxy compound, tri-11 well-based compound, hydrazine A compound or the like. As the above-mentioned benzoin-based compound, for example, ~ ^ _ 夕 』 ─ ─ ─ ─ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Examples of the benzophenone-based compound include dimercaptoketone, decylcarbenyl benzoate, 4-phenyl-poor s-benzalone, and 4-benzylidene- 4 , · mercapto diphenyl sulfide, 3,3',4,4,-tetra (p-τ * V dibutyl carbonyl peroxide) dibenzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethyl Benzophenone and the like. Examples of the above-mentioned 9-oxothiolane compound include isopropyl isophthalic acid 9-oxosulfanyl star, 4-isopropylsulfoxide (tetra), 2, diethyldi: mountain, 2, and dichloro winter. Oxygen sulfur (four), such as propoxy _9 · bismuth sulphur - and so on. Examples of the above-mentioned three-tillage compound include: 2, bis (trimethyl) W4-methoxyphenyl well, 2,4 bis (trisyl) (4) methyl lactyl naphthyl-1 , 3,5-three-flavor, 2,4-bis(trimethylsulfonyl)_6_(4_methyl-based stupid vinyl)-1,3,5-three tillage, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl) Winter [2_(5_methyl^ _ 2-yl)vinyl]-l,3,5-three tillage, 2,4-bis(trimethylsulfonyl)_6_[2_(bitanyl)vinyl]- 1,3,5-three tillage, 2,4-bis(trioxanemethyl)_6_[2_(4_diethylamino-2-mercaptophenyl) vinyl b ^, ^ three tillage, 2, 4_bis(trichloromethyl I 6-[2·(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)vinyl tritonate. For example, as the above-mentioned quinone compound, 〇 醯 醯 肟 肟 化合物As a specific example thereof, N_benzhydryloxy^-(heart phenylsulfanylphenyl)butan-1-one-2-yenampron, N-benzidineoxy-b (4_Stupid sulfur

-9U I49310.doc t 201111447 烷基苯基)辛烷-1-酮-2-亞胺、N_乙醯氧基_i_[9乙基_6_(2 曱基苯曱醯基)-9H-咔唑·3_基]乙烷·亞胺、N—乙醯氧基— 1-[9-乙基-6-{2-甲基-4-(3,3-二曱基-2,4-二氧雜環戊基甲氧 基)苯曱酿基}-9Η-咔唑·3·基]乙烷亞胺等。 又,作為活性自由基產生劑,例如可使用2,4,6•三曱基 苯曱醯基二苯基氧化膦、2,2,_雙(鄰氣苯基)_4,4,,5,5,-四苯 基-1,2’-聯咪唑、10-丁基_2_氣吖啶酮、2_乙基蒽醌、笨偶 醯、9,10-菲醌、樟腦醌、苯基乙醛酸曱酯、二茂鈦化合物 等。 。 作為上述酸產生劑,例如可列舉:對甲苯磺酸‘羥基苯 基二甲基錡、六氟銻酸4-羥基苯基二甲基鎳、對甲苯磺酸 4-乙醯氧基苯基二曱基鎳、六氟銻酸4_乙醯氧基苯基•甲 基·苄基銃、對甲苯磺酸三苯基疏、六氟銻酸三苯基銃、 對甲苯績酸二苯基鐄、六氟録酸二苯基錤等鏽鹽類及破基 节基曱苯磺酸酯/鹽類、安息香曱苯磺酸酯/鹽類等。 又,作為上述活性自由基產生劑而記載如上之化合物 中亦有於產生'度自由基之同時亦產生酸之化合物,例 如三畊系光聚合起始劑亦可用作酸產生劑。 光聚合起始劑(D)之含量相對於鹼溶性樹脂與光聚合性 化σ物(c)之合汁篁較佳為0丨〜”質量%,更佳為1〜質量 若光聚合起始劑之含量處於上述範圍内,則感度提 高’曝光時間縮短,而生產性提高。 本發明之著色組合物中亦可進而含有光聚合起始助劑 (F)。光聚合起始助劑(F)通常與光聚合起始劑組合使 149310.doc -92· 201111447 用,係用於促進藉由光聚合起始劑而開始聚合之光聚合性 化合物之聚合的化合物或增感劑。 作為光聚合起始助劑(F),可列舉:胺系化合物、烷氧 基蒽系化合物、9-氧硫u山p星系化合物等。 作為上述胺系化合物,例如可列舉:三乙醇胺、甲基二 乙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、4-二甲基胺基苯曱酸曱酯、扣二曱 基胺基苯甲酸乙_、4-二甲基胺基笨甲酸異戊0旨、苯甲酸_ 2-二甲基胺基乙自旨、4_:甲基胺基笨甲酸士乙基己醋、 N,N-二甲基對曱苯胺、4,4,_雙(二甲基胺基)二苯甲嗣(俗稱 米其勒酮)、4,4,-雙(二乙基胺基)二笨曱酮、4,4,_雙(乙基 甲基胺基)二苯曱_等,其中較佳為4,4·_雙(二乙基胺基)二 苯曱酮。 作為上述烧氧基蒽系化合物,例如可列舉:9,二 基蒽、2-乙基_9,10_二曱氧基蒽、 其 ,ιυ-—乙氧基蒽、2-乙 基-9,10-二乙氧基蒽、9,1〇_二氣 乳I恩、2-乙基-9,10-二丁 氧基蒽。 作為上述9-氧硫咄喔系化合物 例如可列舉:2-異丙基-9-氧硫咄喔、4·異丙基氧硫ρ山嗤、2 丨g ,一乙基-9-氧硫 咄蠖、2,4-二氯_9_氧硫咄p星、^氯^ ^ ' 丙氧基-9-氧硫U山p星 寺。 光聚合起始助劑(F)可單獨使 ,^ ^ s 亦可組合使用兩種以 ,光斌合起始助劑(F)亦 取人1 使用市售者,作為市售 之先聚&amp;起始助劑(F),例如可 土谷仆與工普 +商口0名「EAB-F」(保 土谷化予工業股份有限公司製造)等 149310.doc -93- 201111447 作為光聚合起始劑(D)與光聚合起始助劑(ρ)之組合,例 如可列舉··二乙氧基笨乙酮/4,4,-雙(二乙基胺基)二笨曱 酮、2-甲基-2-咪#基-1-(4-曱硫基苯基)丙烧-1_酮/4,4,-雙 (二乙基胺基)二笨曱酮、2-羥基-2-曱基-1-笨基丙烷_1_酮 /4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮、笨偶醯二曱基縮酮/4,4,_雙 (一乙基胺基)一本曱酮、2-經基-2 -曱基- l-[4-(2-經基乙氧 基)苯基]丙烷-1-酮/4,4’-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯曱酮、羥基 環己基苯基酮/4,4·-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯曱酮、2_羥基_2_甲 基- l-[4-(l -曱基乙烯基)苯基]丙烧_丨_酮之低聚物/4,4,·雙 (二乙基胺基)二笨甲酮、2_苄基_2_二甲基胺基_丨_(4•味啉 基苯基)丁烷-1-酮/4,4,-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮等,較佳 者可列舉2_甲基味啉基曱硫基苯基)丙烷嗣/ 4,4'-雙(二乙基胺基)二苯甲酮。 於使用該等光聚合起始助劑(F)酯情形時,其使用量相 對於每1莫耳之光聚合起始劑(D)較佳為〇.〇1〜10莫耳,更佳 為0.01〜5莫耳。 分别亚無特別限定,可使用該領域中通常所使 溶劑。可適當選擇使用上述溶劑。作為著色組合物中) 之冷劑(E),較佳為含有選自由丙二醇單甲驗乙酸醋 二醇單甲醚、環己酮 '乳酸乙醋及4,基·” 所組成之群中之? # Μ % 醢〜, 至乂 1種的洛劑’更佳為含有選自心 %早f醚乙酸酯及4_羥基·4_ 、 至少1種的溶劑,進而更佳:…組成之群4 ..六制^ 進更佳為έ有丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酉, )為該#&gt;谷劑,則可獲得異物之產生擇 I493J〇.d〇c •94· 201111447 抑制,且對比度較高之彩色濾光片。 著色組合物中之溶劑(E)之含量相對於著色組合物為 70〜95質量%,更佳為75〜92質量%。換言之,固形物成分 相對於著色組合物為5〜30質量%,較佳為8〜25質量%。若 溶劑(E)之含量處於上述範圍,則存在塗布時之平坦性變 得良好,並且於形成彩色濾光片時色密度不會不足,故顯 示特性變得良好之傾向。 本發明之著色組合物中亦可任意含有界面活性劑(G)(此 處與顏料分散劑不同)。作為界面活性劑(G),適合的是具 有敗原子或$夕原子之界面活性劑。具體可列舉選自由聚石夕 氧系界面活性劑、氟系界面活性劑及具有氟原子之聚矽氧 系界面活性劑所組成之群中之至少1種。 作為上述聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可列舉具有矽氧烷鍵之 界面活性劑等。具體可列舉:Toray Silicone DC3PA、 Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA ' Toray Silicone SH28PA ' Toray Silicone SH29PA ' Toray Silicone SH30PA &gt; Toray Silicone SH8400 (Dow Corning Toray股份有限公司製造);KP321 ' KP322、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341(信越化 學工業股份有限公司製造);TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、 TSF4300 、 TSF4440 、 TSF4445 、 TSF-4446 、 TSF4452 、 TSF4460(Momentive Performance Materials Japan附屬公司 製造)等。 作為上述氟系界面活性劑,可列舉具有氟碳鏈之界面活 149310.doc •95- 201111447 性劑等。具體可列舉:Fluorad(商品名)FC430、Fluorad FC431(住友3M股份有限公司製造);Megaface(商品名) F142D、Megaface F171 、Megaface F172、Megaface F173、Megaface F177、Megaface F183、Megaface F489、 Megaface F554、Megaface R30(DIC股份有限公司製造); Eftop(商品名)EF301、Eftop EF303、Eftop EF351、Eftop EF352(Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals股份有限 公司製造);Surflon(商品名)S381、Surflon S382、Surflon SC101、SurflonSC105(旭硝子股份有限公司製造);E5844 (Daikin Fine Chemical研究所股份有限公司製造);bM-1000、BM-1100(均為商品名,bm Chemie公司製造)等。 作為上述具有氟原子之聚矽氧系界面活性劑,可列舉具 有石夕氧炫鍵及I碳鏈之界面活性劑等。具體可列舉 Megaface(註冊商標)R〇8、Megaface BL20、Megaface F475、Megaface F477、Megaface F443(DIC股份有限公司 製造)等。 該等界面活性劑可單獨使用.,亦可組合使用兩種以上。 界面活性劑(G)之含量相對於著色組合物1〇〇質量份較佳 為0.0005〜0.3質量份’更佳為〇〇〇1〜〇1質量份。若界面活 性劑(F)之含量在上述範圍0,則存在平坦性變得良好之 傾向。 本發明之著色組合物較佳為負型著色組合物。 本發明之著色組合物可適宜用於形絲色滤光片或著色 圖案’可獲得色密度、亮度、對比度、感度、解像度、耐 1493l〇.d〇c •96· 201111447 熱性等良好之著色圖案及彩色濾光片。又,本發明之著色 組合物可以公知之態樣用於具備該等彩色濾光片或著色圖 案作為其構成零件之—部分之光學膜、陣列基板、彩色渡 光片基板等,以及具備該等彩色濾光片或著色圖案、光學 膜或陣列基板、彩色濾光片基板等之顯示裝置,例如公知 之液晶顯示裝置、有機EL(electroluminescence,電致發 光)裝置、固體攝像元件等各種與著色圖像相關之設備。 作為使用本發明之著色組合物形成彩色濾光片或其圖案 之方法,例如可列舉:將本發明之著色組合物塗布於基板 或其他樹脂層(例如預先形成於基板上之其他著色組合物 層等)上’去除/乾燥溶劑等揮發成分而形成著色層,經由 光罩對该著色層曝光而顯影之方法;及無需光微影法之使 用噴墨機器之方法等。 -亥情形之塗膜之膜厚並無特別限定,可根據所使用之材 料' 用途等而適當調整’例如為〇1〜3〇叫,較佳為卜 μηι ’進而較佳為卜6 μιη。 者色組合物之塗布方法例如可列舉〔擠出塗布法、直接 凹版印刷塗布法、反向凹版印刷塗布法、,一 P主—hate,磷酸鈣)塗布法、模塗法等。又,亦可使用浸 潰塗布機、棒式塗布機、旋轉式塗布機、狹縫&amp;旋轉塗布 機、狹縫塗布機(有時亦稱作模塗布機、淋幕式平面塗布 機、非旋轉塗布機(spinless c〇ater))等塗布機進行塗布。 其中,較佳為使用旋轉式塗布機進行塗布。 溶劑之去除/乾燥例如可列舉自然乾燥、通風乾燥、減 149310.doc •97· 201111447 壓乾燥等。具體之乾燥溫度較佳為I0〜120t,f佳4 25〜1001乾㈣間較佳為1()秒〜6()分鐘更佳㈣秒 分鐘。 於進行減壓乾燥之情形時,較佳為於5〇〜150 Pa之壓力 下,於20〜25。(:之溫度範圍内進行。 實施例 以下,藉&amp;實施 &lt;列,對本發明之顏料分散液之製造方 法、著色組合物之製造方法、作A荽ώ^ λ 云作為者色圖案之彩色濾光片 等進行更加詳細之說明。實施例中之「%」及「份」只要 無特別規定,則為質量。/。及質量份。 合成例1 &lt;染料Α1之合成&gt; 於具備冷凝管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶中投入式八〇_丨所示之色 素(中外化成製造)15份、氣仿150份及Ν,Ν•二甲基甲醯胺 8.9份,於授拌下-面維持為⑽以下,_面滴加添加亞 硫醯氣10.9份。滴加結束後,升溫至5〇〇c,於相同溫度下 維持5小時進行反應,其後,冷卻至2〇t:。於授摔下一 將冷卻後之反應溶液維持為20。。以下面滴加添加2_: 基己基胺12.5份與三乙胺22.1份之混合液。於相同溫度下 攪拌5小時進行反應。繼而,利用旋轉式蒸發器將所:反 應混合物之溶劑蒸餾去除,添加少量甲於 ^ ^ i τ醉,進行遽烈攪 拌。一面攪拌,一面將該混合物添加至離子交換水375份 之混合液中,使結晶析出。過濾分離析出之結晶,利用離 子交換水仔細洗淨,於6〇°C下進行減壓乾燥,而獲得染料 1493IO.doc -98- 201111447 A1 (染料A1-1〜染料A1_8之混合染料川3份·· AO-1-9U I49310.doc t 201111447 alkylphenyl)octane-1-one-2-imine, N_acetoxy_i_[9ethyl_6_(2 mercaptobenzoyl)-9H- Oxazole·3_yl]ethaneimine, N-acetoxy- 1-[9-ethyl-6-{2-methyl-4-(3,3-dimercapto-2,4 - Dioxolyl methoxy) phenyl hydrazone}-9 Η-carbazole · 3 · yl] ethaneimine and the like. Further, as the living radical generating agent, for example, 2,4,6•trimercaptophenylphosphonium diphenylphosphine oxide, 2,2,_bis(o-phenyl)-4,4,5 may be used. 5,-Tetraphenyl-1,2'-biimidazole, 10-butyl-2_acridinone, 2-ethyl oxime, stupid oxime, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, phenyl Ethyl glyoxylate, titanium titanate compound, and the like. . Examples of the acid generator include p-toluenesulfonic acid 'hydroxyphenyl dimethyl hydrazine, hexafluorodecanoic acid 4-hydroxyphenyl dimethyl nickel, and p-toluene sulfonic acid 4-acetoxy phenyl benzene. Sulfhydryl nickel, hexafluoroantimonic acid 4_acetoxyphenyl•methyl·benzyl hydrazine, triphenyl sulfonate p-toluene, triphenyl sulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, diphenyl hydrazine And rust salts such as hexafluoroantimony diphenyl hydrazine and sulfhydryl sulfonate/salt, benzoin benzenesulfonate/salt. Further, as the above-mentioned living radical generating agent, the above-mentioned compound is also a compound which generates an acid at the same time as the generation of a radical, and for example, a tri-grain photopolymerization initiator can also be used as an acid generator. The content of the photopolymerization initiator (D) is preferably 0 丨 to "% by mass", more preferably 1 to mas., if the photopolymerization initiation is started with respect to the lyophilized resin of the alkali-soluble resin and the photopolymerizable σ (c). When the content of the agent is in the above range, the sensitivity is improved, and the exposure time is shortened, and the productivity is improved. The coloring composition of the present invention may further contain a photopolymerization initiation aid (F). Photopolymerization initiation aid (F) It is usually used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator to use 149310.doc-92·201111447 as a compound or sensitizer for promoting polymerization of a photopolymerizable compound which starts polymerization by a photopolymerization initiator. Examples of the starting auxiliaries (F) include an amine compound, an alkoxy fluorene compound, and a 9-oxo sulphide p star compound. Examples of the amine compound include triethanolamine and methyldiethanolamine. , triisopropanolamine, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid decyl ester, decarboxylated aminobenzoic acid ethyl 4-, 4-dimethylamino-based stearic acid isoamyl, benzoic acid _ 2- Dimethylamino-based, 4_: methylamino-based stearic acid ethyl hexanoic acid, N,N-dimethyl-p-phenylene , 4,4,_bis(dimethylamino)benzamide (commonly known as micbutone), 4,4,-bis(diethylamino) dioxin, 4,4, _ double (ethylmethylamino)diphenyl hydrazine _ and the like, among which 4,4·-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone is preferable. Examples of the alkoxy quinone-based compound include, for example, 9 , bis-indenyl, 2-ethyl-9,10-didecyloxy fluorene, its, ιυ--ethoxy hydrazine, 2-ethyl-9,10-diethoxy hydrazine, 9,1 〇 Dimethyl ketone, 2-ethyl-9,10-dibutoxy oxime. Examples of the above 9-oxothiolane compound include 2-isopropyl-9-oxathione, 4·. Isopropyl oxysulfide, hawthorn, 2 丨g, monoethyl-9-oxopurine, 2,4-dichloro_9_oxathiazin p, ^chloro^^'propoxy-9- Oxygen and sulfur U mountain p-star temple. Photopolymerization start-up aid (F) can be used alone, ^ ^ s can also be used in combination, and the optical start-up auxiliary (F) is also used 1 As a commercially available first &amp; initial starter (F), for example, 土 谷 谷 和 和 gong + 商口 0 "EAB-F" (made by Baotu Guhua Industrial Co., Ltd.), etc. 149310.doc - 93- 201111 447 As a combination of a photopolymerization initiator (D) and a photopolymerization initiation aid (ρ), for example, diethoxyacetophenone/4,4,-bis(diethylamino)di Alum ketone, 2-methyl-2-mi-yl-1-yl-1-(4-indolethiophenyl)propan-1-yl ketone/4,4,-bis(diethylamino) dioxin , 2-hydroxy-2-mercapto-1-indolyl propan-1-one/4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, acne dinonyl ketal/4,4 , bis(monoethylamino)-one fluorenone, 2-transyl-2-mercapto-l-[4-(2-carbylethoxy)phenyl]propan-1-one/4, 4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone / 4,4·-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl- Oligomer of l-[4-(l-fluorenylvinyl)phenyl]propanone oxime-ketone/4,4,·bis(diethylamino)dimercapto ketone, 2-benzyl _ 2_dimethylamino _ 丨 _ (4 • morpholinyl phenyl) butan-1-one / 4,4,-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, etc., preferably listed 2_Methylmorpholinylphosphonium phenyl)propane oxime / 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone. In the case of using the photopolymerization initiation aid (F) ester, the amount thereof is preferably from 〜1 to 10 mol per 1 mol of the photopolymerization initiator (D), more preferably 0.01 to 5 moles. The sub-Asian is not particularly limited, and a solvent which is usually used in the field can be used. The above solvent can be appropriately selected and used. The cold agent (E) as the coloring composition preferably contains a group selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monoacetic acid acetoacetate monomethyl ether, cyclohexanone 'lactic acid ethyl vinegar, and 4, yl group. ? # Μ % 醢 , , , , , , , , , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 4 .. six system ^ more preferably έ 丙 丙 单 单 单 单 酉 酉 酉 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 丙 # # # # # I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The content of the solvent (E) in the coloring composition is 70 to 95% by mass, more preferably 75 to 92% by mass based on the coloring composition. In other words, the solid content is relative to the coloring composition. 5 to 30% by mass, preferably 8 to 25% by mass. If the content of the solvent (E) is in the above range, the flatness at the time of coating becomes good, and the color density is not insufficient when the color filter is formed. Therefore, the display characteristics tend to be good. The coloring composition of the present invention may optionally contain a surfactant (G) ( It is different from the pigment dispersant.) As the surfactant (G), a surfactant having a deficient atom or an oxime atom is suitable. Specific examples thereof include a polyoxo-based surfactant and a fluorine-based surfactant. And at least one of the group consisting of a polyfluorene-based surfactant having a fluorine atom. The polyfluorene-based surfactant may, for example, be a surfactant having a decane bond. Specific examples thereof include Toray. Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA 'Toray Silicone SH28PA ' Toray Silicone SH29PA ' Toray Silicone SH30PA &gt; Toray Silicone SH8400 (manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.); KP321 'KP322, KP323, KP324, KP326 , KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.); TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Japan), etc. Agent, can be listed as having a fluorocarbon chain interface activity 149310.doc • 95-2 01111447, etc. Specific examples include: Fluorad (trade name) FC430, Fluorad FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megaface (trade name) F142D, Megaface F171, Megaface F172, Megaface F173, Megaface F177, Megaface F183, Megaface F489, Megaface F554, Megaface R30 (manufactured by DIC Corporation); Eftop (trade name) EF301, Eftop EF303, Eftop EF351, Eftop EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals Co., Ltd.); Surflon (trade name) S381, Surflon S382 , Surflon SC101, Surflon SC105 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); E5844 (manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemical Research Co., Ltd.); bM-1000, BM-1100 (all trade names, manufactured by bm Chemie). Examples of the polyfluorene-based surfactant having a fluorine atom include a surfactant having an anthracycline bond and an I carbon chain. Specific examples include Megaface (registered trademark) R〇8, Megaface BL20, Megaface F475, Megaface F477, Megaface F443 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), and the like. These surfactants may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of the surfactant (G) is preferably 0.0005 to 0.3 parts by mass, more preferably 〇〇〇1 to 〇1 part by mass, per part by mass of the coloring composition. When the content of the surfactant (F) is in the above range of 0, the flatness tends to be good. The coloring composition of the present invention is preferably a negative coloring composition. The colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used for a silk color filter or a colored pattern to obtain a good color pattern such as color density, brightness, contrast, sensitivity, resolution, and resistance to heat resistance of 1493l.d〇c •96·201111447 heat. And color filters. Further, the coloring composition of the present invention can be used in an optical film, an array substrate, a color light-receiving substrate, or the like having such a color filter or a colored pattern as a component thereof, and the like. Display devices such as a color filter or a coloring pattern, an optical film or an array substrate, and a color filter substrate, for example, a known liquid crystal display device, an organic EL (electroluminescence) device, a solid-state imaging device, and the like Like related equipment. As a method of forming a color filter or a pattern thereof using the coloring composition of the present invention, for example, the coloring composition of the present invention may be applied to a substrate or another resin layer (for example, another coloring composition layer previously formed on the substrate) The method of removing or drying a volatile component such as a solvent to form a colored layer, exposing the colored layer to a developed layer via a photomask, and a method of using an inkjet apparatus without photolithography. The film thickness of the coating film in the case of the sea is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately adjusted depending on the material used, etc., for example, 〇1 to 3 〇, preferably μηηι ′, and more preferably 6 μm. Examples of the coating method of the color composition include an extrusion coating method, a direct gravure coating method, a reverse gravure coating method, a P-prime, a calcium phosphate coating method, a die coating method, and the like. Further, a dipping coater, a bar coater, a rotary coater, a slit &amp; spin coater, and a slit coater (sometimes referred to as a die coater, a curtain type flat coater, or a non-use) may be used. Coating is performed by a coater such as a spin coater (spinless chopper). Among them, it is preferred to apply using a spin coater. The solvent removal/drying can be exemplified by natural drying, ventilating and drying, and 149310.doc •97·201111447 pressure drying. The specific drying temperature is preferably I0~120t, and the f is preferably 4 25~1001 dry (four) preferably between 1 () seconds and 6 () minutes better (four) seconds. In the case of drying under reduced pressure, it is preferably at a pressure of 5 Torr to 150 Pa at 20 to 25. (In the temperature range of the following: Example: Hereinafter, the method for producing the pigment dispersion liquid of the present invention, the method for producing the coloring composition, and the color for the color pattern of the A 荽ώ λ cloud are performed by &lt;&lt;&gt; The filter and the like are described in more detail. "%" and "part" in the examples are masses and/or parts unless otherwise specified. Synthesis Example 1 &lt;Synthesis of Dye Α1&gt; In the flask of the tube and the stirring device, 15 parts of the pigment (manufactured by Sino-foreign Chemical Co., Ltd.), 150 parts of sputum, and 8.9 parts of hydrazine, dimethyl dimethyl carbamide were added to the flask of the stirring apparatus. (10) or less, 10.9 parts of sulfite gas was added dropwise to the surface, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 5 〇〇c, and the reaction was continued at the same temperature for 5 hours, and then cooled to 2 〇t: The reaction solution after cooling was maintained at 20. The mixture of 12.5 parts of 2:-hexylamine and 22.1 parts of triethylamine was added dropwise thereto, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 hours to carry out a reaction. The evaporator of the reaction mixture is distilled off by the evaporator. Add a small amount of a to the ^ ^ i τ drunk and stir vigorously. While stirring, add the mixture to a mixture of 375 parts of ion-exchanged water to precipitate crystals. The precipitated crystals are separated by filtration and carefully washed with ion-exchanged water. Net, dry under reduced pressure at 6 ° C, and obtain dye 1493IO.doc -98- 201111447 A1 (Dye A1-1 ~ dye A1_8 mixed dye Sichuan 3 parts · AO-1

A1A1

(式(Al)中,Rc 分別獨立表示 _s〇2iNjH Ra、 或,H; Ra表示2_乙基己基)。(In the formula (Al), Rc independently represents _s〇2iNjH Ra, or, H; Ra represents 2_ethylhexyl).

AMAM

A1-2A1-2

M93I0.doc -99· 201111447 合成例2 〈樹脂B1之合成〉 於具備攪拌機、溫度計、回流冷凝管、滴液漏斗及氮氣 導入管之燒瓶中導入丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯133 g,將燒瓶 内環境由空氣置換成氮氣。升溫至l〇〇°C,滴加在包含曱 基丙烯酸苄酯82.8 g (0.47莫耳)、甲基丙烯酸37.0 g (0.43 莫耳)、三環癸烷骨架之單曱基丙烯酸酯(日立化成股份有 限公司製造,FA-513M) 22.0 g (0.10莫耳)及丙二醇單曱醚 乙酸酯164 g之混合物中添加2,2·-偶氮雙異丁腈3.6 g而成 之溶液,進而於1 〇〇t下持續攪拌。繼而,將燒瓶内環境 由氮氣置換成空氣,將甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯2 1.5 g [0.1 5 莫耳(相對於用於本反應之曱基丙烯酸之羧基為5〇莫耳 〇/〇)]、三-二曱基胺基曱基苯酚〇 9 g及對苯二酚〇 145 g投入 至燒版内’於11 下持續反應,獲得固形物成分酸值為 97mgKOH/g之樹脂溶液B1(固形物成分:38%)。 藉由 GPC (gel permeation chromatography,凝膠渗透層 才斤&amp; )而測定之聚笨乙烯換算之重量平均分子量為 9·〇χ1〇3 〇 上述樹脂之聚苯乙烯換算重量平均分子量之測定係使用 GPC法,於以下條件下進行。 裝置 、 :HLC-8120GPC(東曹(Tosoh)股 管柱 管柱溫度M93I0.doc -99· 201111447 Synthesis Example 2 <Synthesis of Resin B1> 133 g of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was introduced into a flask equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel, and a nitrogen introduction tube, and the flask was placed therein. The environment is replaced by air into nitrogen. The temperature was raised to 10 ° C, and it was added dropwise to a monodecyl acrylate containing 82.8 g (0.47 mol) of benzyl methacrylate, 37.0 g (0.43 mol) of methacrylic acid, and a tricyclodecane skeleton (Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd. Manufactured by Co., Ltd., FA-513M) a solution of 2,2·-azobisisobutyronitrile 3.6 g in a mixture of 22.0 g (0.10 mol) and propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate 164 g, and further Continue stirring at 1 〇〇t. Then, the environment inside the flask was replaced with nitrogen by nitrogen, and glycidyl methacrylate 2 1.5 g [0.1 5 mol (relative to the carboxyl group of the mercaptoacrylic acid used in the reaction was 5 〇mol/〇)] , tris-didecylamino nonylphenol oxime 9 g and hydroquinone hydrazine 145 g were put into the firing plate to continue the reaction at 11 to obtain a resin solution B1 having a solid content of 97 mg KOH/g of solid content (solid form) Composition: 38%). The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of the above-mentioned resin is determined by GPC (gel permeation chromatography, gel permeation chromatography). The GPC method was carried out under the following conditions. Device, :HLC-8120GPC (Tosoh) tube string column temperature

份有限公司製造) TSK-GELG2000HXL 40°C 149310.doc 100· 201111447 溶劑 :THF(tetrahydrofuran,四氫0夫 喃) 流速 :1.0 mL/min . 被檢液固形物成分濃度:0.001〜0.01質量% 注入量 :50 μι 檢測器 :RI(Refractive Index,折射率) 檢測IsManufactured by Ltd.) TSK-GELG2000HXL 40°C 149310.doc 100· 201111447 Solvent: THF (tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran) Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min . Solid content of test solution: 0.001~0.01% by mass Quantity: 50 μιm Detector: RI (Refractive Index)

校正用標準物質 :TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40、F-4、F-l、A-2500、A-500 (Tosoh股份有限公司製造) 實施例1及2、比較例1及2 &lt;顏料分散液之製造&gt; 將表22中記載之成分依序投入至燒杯中,混合所有成 分。其後,使用〇 · 6 5 mm #之氧化結珠,藉由塗料振盪器, 進行5小時之分散處理。過濾所得之均勻分散液去除珠 粒,獲得顏料分散液。 [表 22] 實施例3 實施例4 比較例1 比較例2 顏料分散液 1 2 3 4 顏料 4.35 4.35 5.0 5.0 染料 0.68 0.68 0 0 分散劑1 6.68 6.68 6.68 6.68 分散劑2 0.145 0.145 0.167 0.167 溶劑1 17.71 0 17.71 0 溶劑2 0 17.71 0 17.71 149310.doc .101 - 201111447 實施例1 . 實施例2 比較例1 比較例2 顏料分散液 1 2 3 4 顏料(份) 4.35 4.35 5.0 5.0 染料(份) 0.68 0.68 0 0 分散劑U份) 6.68 6.68 6.68 6.68 分散劑2(份) 0.145 0.145 0.167 0.167 溶劑1(份) 17.71 0 17.71 0 溶劑2(份) 0 17.71 0 17.71 顏料:C.I.顏料藍15:6 染料:染料A1 分散劑 1 : Disperbyk-1 61 (BYK Chemie公司製造) 分散劑2 :銅醜菁衍生物(Solsperse 5000 ’ Avecia公司製造) 溶劑1 :丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 溶劑2 :乳酸乙酯 實施例3〜5、比較例3〜5 &lt;著色組合物之製造&gt; 混合表23中記載之成分,獲得著色組合物。 [表 23] 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 比較例 3 比較例 4 比較例 5 顏料分散液1(份) 23.7 0 26.3 0 0 0 顏料分散液2(份) 0 26.4 0 0 0 0 顏料分散液3(份) 0 0 0 20.6 0 22.9 顏料分散液4(份) 0 0 0 0 22.9 0 染料A1(份) 0 0 0 0.5 0.6 0.6 樹脂溶液B1 (份) 14.2 15.7 15.7 14.4 16.0 16.0 光聚合性化合物(份) 5.3 5.9 5.9 5.4 6.0 6.0 光聚合起始劑(份) 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 界面活性劑(份) 0.009 0.01 0.01 0.009 0.01 0.01 溶劑1(份) 0 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 溶劑2(份) 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 0 溶劑3(份) 55.2 0 0 57.4 0 0 149310.doc •102· 201111447 實施例5 實施例6 實施例7 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 顏料分散液(種 類) 1 2 1 3 4 3 顏料分散液(量) 23.7 26.4 26.3 20.6 22.9 22.9 染料 0 0 0 0.5 0.6 0.6 樹脂 14.2 15.7 15.7 14.4 16.0 16.0 光聚合性化合物 5.3 5.9 5.9 5.4 6.0 6.0 光聚合起始劑 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 界面活性劑 0.009 0.01 0.01 0.009 0.01 0.01 溶劑1 0 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 溶劑2 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 0 溶劑3 55.2 0 0 57.4 0 0 表23中’各成分如下所述。 光聚合性化合物:二季戍四醇六丙烯酸酯(日本化藥股 份有限公司製造) 光聚合起始劑:Ν-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫烷基苯基)辛 烷-1-嗣-2-亞胺(Irgacure ΟΧΕ01 ;汽巴精化(ciba Specialty Chemicals)公司製造) 界面活性劑:聚醚改質聚矽氧油(SH8400,Dow Corning Toray股份有限公司製造) 溶劑1 :丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯 溶劑2 :乳酸乙酯 溶劑3 : 4-羥基-4-曱基-2-戊酮 &lt;彩色濾光片之製作&gt; 藉由旋塗法,將上述所得之著色組合物塗布於2英叫·見 方之玻璃基板(Eagle 2000,Corning公司製造)上。 1493I0.doc -103- 201111447 繼而,於無塵烘箱中,以10(rc預烘烤3分鐘。冷卻後, 使用曝光機(TME-150RSK,Topcon股份有限公司製造), 於大氣環境下以150 mJ/cm2之曝光量(365 11叫進行光照 射,於22〇t下加熱20分鐘,而製作彩色濾光片。使用膜 异測疋裝置(DEKTAK3,日本真空技術股份有限公司製造) 測定所得彩色濾光片之膜厚。 [異物之評價] 以目視確認所得彩色濾光片表面。將完全無異物者評價 為〇,將可見少量異物者評價為△,將可見大量異物者評價 為x,將因存在大量異物而無法獲得均勻之塗膜者評價為 x x。將結果示於表2 4中。 [亮度評價] 使用測色機(OSP-SP-200 ; Olympus股份有限公司製 造)’對所得彩色濾光片測定光譜,使用C光源,測定 CIE(Commission International de I’Eclairage,國際照明委 員會)之XYZ表色系統的xy色度座標(x,y)與亮度γ。將結果 不於表24中0 [對比度評價] 以2片偏光板(POLAX-3 8S ; Luceo股份有限公司製造)夾 持所得之彩色滤光片,使用對比度測定裝置(CT-1,壺阪 電機股份有限公司製造)、亮度計(BM_5A,T〇pc〇n Technohouse股份有限公司製造)、作為光源之冷陰極管F10 燈’測定試樣之透射光於平行偏光下之亮度及於正交偏光 下之亮度,將平行偏光下之亮度與正交偏光下之亮度之比 149310.doc -104· 201111447 (平行偏光/正交偏光)作為對比度。再者,在測定彩色濾光 片之對比度之前,以使於不夾持彩色濾光片之狀態下所測 定的對比度達到10000之方式調節光源之強度《將結果示 於表24中。 [表 24] 實施例 3 實施例 4 實施例 5 比較例 3 比較例 4 比較例 5 異物 〇 Δ 〇 X X XX 膜厚(μιη) 1.72 1.83 1.63 2.14 1.94 - X 0.145 0.144 0.145 0.154 0.146 - y 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 - Υ 11.2 10.9 11.5 11.3 10.9 - 對比度 1778 1106 1446 1224 943 鲁 實施例5 實施例6 實施例7 比較例3 比較例4 比較例5 異物 〇 Δ 0 X X XX 膜厚(μιη) 1.72 1.83 1.63 2.14 1.94 - X 0.145 0.144 0.145 0.154 0.146 - y 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 - Υ 11.2 10.9 11.5 11.3 10.9 - 對比度 1778 1106 1446 1224 943 • 合成例3 &lt;染料A2之合成&gt; 於2-胺基-4-硝基苯酚(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製 造)7.7份中添加水75份後,加入氫氧化鈉2.0份,使其溶 解。於冰浴冷卻下,添加35%亞硝酸鈉(和光純藥工業股份 有限公司製造)水溶液9.5份,接著逐步少量添加35%鹽酸 3 0.0份使其溶解,攪拌2小時,獲得含有重氮鏽鹽之懸浮 149310.doc -105 - 201111447 液。繼而,緩緩添加使胺基磺酸(和光純藥工業股份有限 公司製造)8.9份溶解於水36份中而成之水溶液,對過剩之 亞確酸納進行淬冷。 繼而’使3_曱基胺磺醯基)-5-吡唑啉酮(和光純藥 工業股份有限公司製造)13份懸浮於水100份中,使用氫氧 化鈉,將pH值調整至8 〇。於其中,一面以將{)1_1值控制在7 至7,5之範圍内的方式適當追加10%氫氧化鈉溶液,一面歷 時15分鐘滴加上述含有重氮鑌鹽之懸浮液。滴加結束後, 進而攪拌30分鐘,藉此獲得黃色之懸浮液。攪拌1小時。 過濾而獲得黃色固體,於減壓下,以6(rc乾燥該黃色固 體,獲得式(p-1)所示之化合物17 9份(產率為85%):Standard material for calibration: TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, Fl, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.) Examples 1 and 2, Comparative Examples 1 and 2 &lt;Production of pigment dispersion &gt; The components described in Table 22 were sequentially placed in a beaker, and all the components were mixed. Thereafter, a oxidized bead of 〇 · 6 5 mm # was used, and a dispersion treatment was performed for 5 hours by a coating shaker. The resulting uniform dispersion was filtered to remove the beads to obtain a pigment dispersion. [Table 22] Example 3 Example 4 Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Pigment Dispersion 1 2 3 4 Pigment 4.35 4.35 5.0 5.0 Dye 0.68 0.68 0 0 Dispersant 1 6.68 6.68 6.68 6.68 Dispersant 2 0.145 0.145 0.167 0.167 Solvent 1 17.71 0 17.71 0 Solvent 2 0 17.71 0 17.71 149310.doc .101 - 201111447 Example 1 Example 2 Comparative Example 1 Comparative Example 2 Pigment Dispersion 1 2 3 4 Pigment (parts) 4.35 4.35 5.0 5.0 Dyes (parts) 0.68 0.68 0 0 Dispersant U) 6.68 6.68 6.68 6.68 Dispersant 2 (parts) 0.145 0.145 0.167 0.167 Solvent 1 (parts) 17.71 0 17.71 0 Solvent 2 (parts) 0 17.71 0 17.71 Pigment: CI Pigment Blue 15:6 Dyes: Dyes A1 Dispersant 1: Disperbyk-1 61 (manufactured by BYK Chemie Co., Ltd.) Dispersant 2: Copper ugly cyanine derivative (manufactured by Solsperse 5000 'Availa Co., Ltd.) Solvent 1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solvent 2: Ethyl lactate Example 3 to 5, Comparative Examples 3 to 5 &lt;Production of Coloring Composition&gt; The components described in Table 23 were mixed to obtain a coloring composition. [Table 23] Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Pigment Dispersion 1 (part) 23.7 0 26.3 0 0 0 Pigment Dispersion 2 (parts) 0 26.4 0 0 0 0 Pigment dispersion Liquid 3 (parts) 0 0 0 20.6 0 22.9 Pigment dispersion 4 (parts) 0 0 0 0 22.9 0 Dye A1 (parts) 0 0 0 0.5 0.6 0.6 Resin solution B1 (parts) 14.2 15.7 15.7 14.4 16.0 16.0 Photopolymerizability Compound (parts) 5.3 5.9 5.9 5.4 6.0 6.0 Photopolymerization initiator (parts) 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 Surfactant (parts) 0.009 0.01 0.01 0.009 0.01 0.01 Solvent 1 (parts) 0 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 Solvent 2 ( Part) 0 50.2 0 0 52.7 0 Solvent 3 (parts) 55.2 0 0 57.4 0 0 149310.doc • 102· 201111447 Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Pigment Dispersion (Type) 1 2 1 3 4 3 Pigment Dispersion (Amount) 23.7 26.4 26.3 20.6 22.9 22.9 Dye 0 0 0 0.5 0.6 0.6 Resin 14.2 15.7 15.7 14.4 16.0 16.0 Photopolymerizable compound 5.3 5.9 5.9 5.4 6.0 6.0 Photopolymerization initiator 1.6 1.8 1.8 1.6 1.8 1.8 interface active agent 0.009. 0.01 0.01 0.009 0.01 0.01 dissolve 1 0 0 50.2 0 52.7 0 50.2 0 0 0 Solvent 2 Solvent 3 55.2 52.7 0 57.4 0 0 0 0 Table 23 'of each component are as follows. Photopolymerizable compound: diquaternary pentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator: Ν-benzylideneoxy-1-(4-phenylsulfanylphenyl)octane 1-嗣-2-imine (Irgacure ΟΧΕ01; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) Surfactant: Polyether modified polyoxygenated oil (SH8400, manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) Solvent 1 : propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate solvent 2 : ethyl lactate solvent 3 : 4-hydroxy-4-mercapto-2-pentanone &lt;Production of color filter&gt; By spin coating method, the above obtained The coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate (Eagle 2000, manufactured by Corning) of 2 ying. 1493I0.doc -103- 201111447 Then, in a dust-free oven, pre-bake for 10 minutes at 10 (rc. After cooling, use an exposure machine (TME-150RSK, manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) at 150 mJ in the atmosphere) /cm2 exposure amount (365 11 is called light irradiation, and it is heated at 22 〇t for 20 minutes to prepare a color filter. The color filter is measured using a membrane-testing device (DEKTAK3, manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.) Film thickness of the light sheet. [Evaluation of foreign matter] The surface of the obtained color filter was visually confirmed. Those who had no foreign matter at all were evaluated as 〇, those with a small amount of foreign matter were evaluated as Δ, and those who saw a large amount of foreign matter were evaluated as x. The film having a large amount of foreign matter and being incapable of obtaining a uniform film was evaluated as xx. The results are shown in Table 24. [Brightness Evaluation] Using a color measuring machine (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by Olympus Co., Ltd.) The spectrum was measured by light, and the xy chromaticity coordinates (x, y) and luminance γ of the XYZ color system of CIE (Commission International de I'Eclairage, International Commission on Illumination) were measured using a C light source. The result is not in Table 24. [ Evaluation of the color filter obtained by sandwiching two polarizing plates (POLAX-3 8S; manufactured by Luceo Co., Ltd.) using a contrast measuring device (CT-1, manufactured by Kesaka Electric Co., Ltd.) and a luminance meter ( BM_5A, manufactured by T〇pc〇n Technohouse Co., Ltd.), a cold cathode tube F10 lamp as a light source' measures the brightness of the transmitted light of the sample under parallel polarized light and the brightness under orthogonal polarized light, and the brightness under parallel polarized light The ratio of the brightness to the polarized light is 149310.doc -104· 201111447 (parallel polarized/orthogonal polarized light) as the contrast. Furthermore, before the contrast of the color filter is measured, so as not to sandwich the color filter The intensity of the light source was adjusted in such a manner that the contrast measured was 10,000. The results are shown in Table 24. [Table 24] Example 3 Example 4 Example 5 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Foreign matter 〇Δ 〇 XX XX film thickness (μιη) 1.72 1.83 1.63 2.14 1.94 - X 0.145 0.144 0.145 0.154 0.146 - y 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 - Υ 11.2 10.9 11.5 11.3 10.9 - Contrast 1778 1106 1446 1224 943 Lu Example 5 Example 6 Example 7 Comparative Example 3 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 Foreign matter 〇Δ 0 XX XX Film thickness (μιη) 1.72 1.83 1.63 2.14 1.94 - X 0.145 0.144 0.145 0.154 0.146 - y 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 0.100 - Υ 2 2 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 After adding 75 parts of water, 2.0 parts of sodium hydroxide was added to dissolve it. Under ice cooling, 9.5 parts of an aqueous solution of 35% sodium nitrite (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) was added, followed by gradually adding 30.0 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to dissolve it, and stirring for 2 hours to obtain a salt containing diazonium rust. Suspension 149310.doc -105 - 201111447 liquid. Then, an aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 8.9 parts of an aminosulfonic acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.) in 36 parts of water was gradually added, and the excess sodium arginate was quenched. Then, 13 parts of '3-mercaptosulfonyl)-5-pyrazolone (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was suspended in 100 parts of water, and the pH was adjusted to 8 使用 using sodium hydroxide. . In the above, a 10% sodium hydroxide solution was appropriately added so that the value of {)1_1 was controlled within the range of 7 to 7, 5, and the suspension containing the diazonium salt was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred for 30 minutes, whereby a yellow suspension was obtained. Stir for 1 hour. Filtration gave a yellow solid, and the yellow solid was dried at 6 (rc) under reduced pressure to obtain 17 parts of the compound of formula (p-1) (yield: 85%):

將式(P-1)之化合物10份添加於二曱基甲醯胺(東京化成 工業股份有限公司製造)100份中使其溶解,添加十二水合 硫酸鉻(III)銨(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)31份、乙 酸納(和光純h業股份有限公司製造)U份後,加熱回流 4個半小時。冷卻至室溫後,將反應溶液注入至20。/。食鹽 水1500份中,過濾後獲得橙紅色固體,於6〇&lt;&gt;c下乾燥該橙 紅色固體,獲得式(z-1)所示之化合物12 8份(產率為 60%): I49310.doc 106· 201111447Add 10 parts of the compound of the formula (P-1) to 100 parts of dimercaptocarboxamide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) to dissolve it, and add ammonium (III) sulfate dodecahydrate (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 31 parts, manufactured by Co., Ltd., and U parts of sodium acetate (manufactured by Wako Pure Industries Co., Ltd.), and heated under reflux for 4 and a half hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction solution was poured to 20. /. After 1500 parts of brine, an orange-red solid was obtained by filtration, and the orange-red solid was dried under 6 〇 &lt;&gt;c to obtain 12 parts of the compound of the formula (z-1) (yield 60%): I49310.doc 106· 201111447

© (ζ·1) Na 於玫瑰紅Β(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造)18份中添 加無水氯仿(關東化學股份有限公司製造)17〇份、樟腦磺酸 (Aldrich股份有限公司製造)1 .〇份、4-(Ν,Ν-二曱基胺基)0比 啶(東京化成工業股份有限公司製造Η.4份、三乙二醇(和 光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)1 8份,攪拌約30分鐘。其 後,緩緩添加於1-乙基-3-(3-二甲基胺基丙基)碳二醯亞胺 鹽酸鹽(和光純藥工業股份有限公司製造)10.5份中添加無 水氣仿47份預先溶解而成之溶液,然後於室溫下攪拌約2 小時。以1 Ν鹽酸水溶液150份進行2次分液操作後,利用 10°/。食鹽水150份將有機層洗淨2次。繼而,添加無水硫酸 鎂43份,攪拌約30分鐘後,過濾乾燥劑,將溶劑蒸餾去 除,藉此獲得式(g-Ι)所示之化合物20.6份(產率為90°/〇)〇 式(g-1)所示之化合物之鑑定 (質s晋分析)離子化模式=ESI+ : m/z=575.3 [M-C1·]. 精確質量(Exact Mass) : 610.3© (ζ·1) Na Adding anhydrous chloroform (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) to 17 parts of Rose Red Β (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 17 parts of camphorsulfonic acid (manufactured by Aldrich Co., Ltd.) 1 . 〇, 4-(Ν,Ν-didecylamino) 0-pyridinium (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., 4 parts, triethylene glycol (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.), 18 parts, After stirring for about 30 minutes, it was gradually added to 10.5 parts of 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries Co., Ltd.). Add 47 parts of pre-dissolved solution of anhydrous gas, and then stir at room temperature for about 2 hours. After two times of liquid separation operation with 150 parts of 1 Ν hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, use organic solution of 10 ° / brine. The layer was washed twice. Then, 43 parts of anhydrous magnesium sulfate was added, and after stirring for about 30 minutes, the desiccant was filtered, and the solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 20.6 parts of the compound represented by the formula (g-indole) (yield 90) °/〇) Identification of the compound represented by formula (g-1) (mass sigma analysis) ionization mode = ESI+ : m /z=575.3 [M-C1·]. Exact Mass: 610.3

149310.doc • 107- 201111447 於式Ο 1)所示之化合物253份中添加曱醇4〇3〇份,而製 備冷液(si)。又,於式(g])所示之化合物153份中添加甲醇 l〇8〇h *製備溶液(⑴。其後,於室溫下混合溶液⑷读 溶液⑴)’攪拌約i小日夺。將戶斤生成之紅色固體於減壓下以 6(TC進行乾燥,利用水3綱份洗淨後進行過滤,於阶 下進行減壓乾燥,而獲得式(1_”所示之化合物(染料 A2)263份(產率為65%)。 弋(1)所示之化合物之結構係藉由元素分析而確定。分 析忒備係使用ICP(Inductively Coupled Plasma,感應耦合 電漿)發光分析裝置(ICPS-8100 ;島津製作所股份有限公司 製造)。 C . 55.6、Η : 4.7、N : 12.0、Cr : 3.57149310.doc • 107- 201111447 Add 4 to 3 parts of decyl alcohol to 253 parts of the compound shown in formula 1) to prepare a cold liquid (si). Further, methanol (1) was added to 153 parts of the compound represented by the formula (g)) to prepare a solution ((1). Thereafter, the solution (4) was read at room temperature (4) to read the solution (1)), and the mixture was stirred for about 1 hour. The red solid formed by the citric acid was dried under reduced pressure at 6 (TC), washed with water (3 parts), filtered, and dried under reduced pressure to obtain a compound of the formula (1_) (dye A2). 263 parts (yield is 65%). The structure of the compound represented by 弋(1) is determined by elemental analysis. The analytical preparation system uses an ICP (Inductively Coupled Plasma) luminescence analyzer (ICPS). -8100; manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Inc.) C. 55.6, Η: 4.7, N: 12.0, Cr: 3.57

合成例4 &lt;染料A3之合成&gt; 於式(a-2)所示之間甲苯胺-4-磺酸1〇.〇份中添加水200份 後’於冰浴冷卻下,以30%氫氧化鈉水溶液將pH值調節為 8以下之操作係於冰浴冷卻下進行。添加亞硝酸鈉 • 1伤 授拌3 〇分鐘。逐步少量添加3 5 °/。鹽酸3 9 · 0份,形 149310.doc 201111447 成褐色溶液後’攪拌2小時。將使胺基磺酸1〇1份溶解於 水101份中而成之水溶液添加至反應溶液中,進行搜掉, 獲得含有重氮鏽鹽之懸浮液: ho3s NH2 (a-2) 於式(c-2)所示之1-(2-乙基己基)-3-氰基-4-甲基羥基吡 咬-2-_ 14.0份中添加水;份及N_曱基吡咯咬綱25 〇份 後’於冰浴冷卻下,以3 〇%氫氧化鈉水溶液將pH值調節為Synthesis Example 4 &lt;Synthesis of Dye A3&gt; After adding 200 parts of water to the toluidine-4-sulfonic acid 1 〇. 〇 part of the formula (a-2), the mixture was cooled to 30% in an ice bath. The operation of adjusting the pH to 8 or less with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution was carried out under ice bath cooling. Add sodium nitrite • 1 injury and mix for 3 minutes. Gradually add a small amount of 3 5 ° /. 3 9 · 0 parts of hydrochloric acid, shape 149310.doc 201111447 After the brown solution was stirred, for 2 hours. An aqueous solution obtained by dissolving 1 part of the aminosulfonic acid in 101 parts of water is added to the reaction solution, and is searched off to obtain a suspension containing a diazonium salt: ho3s NH2 (a-2) C-2) 1-(2-ethylhexyl)-3-cyano-4-methylhydroxypyridin-2-1 14.0 parts of water added; part and N_mercaptopyroline 25 〇 After the portion was cooled in an ice bath, the pH was adjusted to 3 〇% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution.

以下之操作係於冰浴冷卻下進行。攪拌上述吡啶酮水溶 形成無色溶液後,The following operations were carried out under ice bath cooling. After stirring the above pyridone to dissolve into a colorless solution,

浮液&amp; :*溶液後,一面以3 0%氫氧化納水溶液將pH值 泵,歷時2小時滴加含有重氮鑌鹽之 心τ «。滴加結束後,進而攪拌2小時,藉此獲得黃色懸 淳洛 。、 °過濾獲得黃色固體,於減壓下以60°C對該黃色固體 進仃乾燥,而獲得式(d-3)所示之化合物21.4份(產率為 87%):After the float &amp; :* solution, the pH was pumped with a 30% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, and the heart τ containing the diazonium salt was added dropwise over 2 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred for 2 hours to obtain a yellow suspension. The yellow solid was obtained by filtration, and the yellow solid was dried at 60 ° C under reduced pressure to obtain 21.4 parts of the compound of formula (d-3) (yield: 87%):

149310.doc 201111447 將化合物(d-3)0.35 g溶解於N,N-二甲基甲醯胺中,使體149310.doc 201111447 Compound (d-3) 0.35 g was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide to make a body

100 cm3(濃度:0.028 g/L),使用分光光度計[石英槽,槽 之長度為1 cm]測疋吸收光譜。該化合物於人max=433 nm下 顯示2.9之吸光度(任意單元)。 於具備冷凝管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶中投入化合物(d_3)5.0 份、乙腈35份及N,N-二甲基甲醯胺ι_6份,於攪拌下一面 維持為20°C以下,一面滴加添加亞硫醯氣2.4份。滴加結 束後’升溫至40°C,於相同溫度下維持2小時進行反應, 其後冷卻至20°C。一面攪拌,一面將冷卻後之反應溶液注 入至冰水150份中後,攪拌30分鐘。過濾分離析出之黃色 結晶,以自來水仔細洗淨,於室溫下乾燥丨小時。另準備 具有冷凝管及攪拌裝置之燒瓶,投入胺基_2_丙醇2〇份 及N-甲基吡咯啶酮20份,於攪拌下一面維持為2〇ι以下, 一面歷時1小時投入上述所製備之黃色結晶。投入黃色固 體後,將液溫升溫至室溫,然後將反應溶液攪拌3〇分鐘。 於反應溶液中添加甲醇4〇份進行攪拌後,一面攪拌,—面 將該混合溶液添加至乙酸29份與離子交換水3〇〇份之混合 液中,使結晶析出。過濾分離析出之結晶,以離子交換水 仔細洗淨,於60°C下進行減壓乾燥,而獲得式(ΠΙ·3)所示 之化合物3.9份(產率為69%):100 cm3 (concentration: 0.028 g/L), and the absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer [quartz cell, the length of the groove was 1 cm]. The compound showed an absorbance of 2.9 (arbitrary unit) at human max = 433 nm. 5.0 parts of the compound (d_3), 35 parts of acetonitrile, and N,N-dimethylformamide ι_6 parts were placed in a flask equipped with a condenser and a stirring device, and the mixture was kept at 20 ° C or lower while stirring, and added dropwise thereto. Thionite is 2.4 parts. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to 40 ° C, and the reaction was carried out for 2 hours at the same temperature, followed by cooling to 20 ° C. While stirring, the cooled reaction solution was poured into 150 parts of ice water, and stirred for 30 minutes. The precipitated yellow crystals were separated by filtration, washed carefully with tap water, and dried at room temperature for a few hours. In addition, a flask having a condenser and a stirring device was prepared, and 20 parts of an amine base 2 -propanol and 20 parts of N-methylpyrrolidone were added, and the mixture was maintained at 2 μm or less while stirring, and the above-mentioned one hour was charged. The yellow crystals were prepared. After the yellow solid was charged, the temperature of the solution was raised to room temperature, and then the reaction solution was stirred for 3 minutes. After adding 4 parts of methanol to the reaction solution and stirring, the mixture was stirred while adding the mixed solution to a mixture of 29 parts of acetic acid and 3 parts of ion-exchanged water to precipitate crystals. The precipitated crystals were separated by filtration, washed carefully with ion-exchanged water, and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C to obtain 3.9 parts of a compound of formula (3) (yield: 69%):

149310.doc •110· 201111447 將化合物(ΙΠ-3)〇·35 g溶解於乳酸乙酯中,使體積達到 250 cm3,將其中之2 cm3以離子交換水加以稀釋,使體積 達到100 cm3(濃度:0 028 g/L),使用分光光度計(石英 槽,光程長度:1 cm)測定吸收光譜。該化合物於 Xmax=431 nm下顯示2.3之吸光度(任意單元)。 以下之反應係於氮氣環境下進行。於化合物(ιπ_3)2 〇份 中添加N-甲基吼咯啶酮4·〇份後,攪拌3〇分鐘,而製備反 應溶液。於室溫下,一面攪拌反應溶液,一面滴加癸二醯 氣〇. 1份。滴加結束後,進而攪拌8小時。將反應溶液注入 至水300份中後’添加乙酸乙酯8〇份,攪拌3〇分鐘。使用 分液漏斗分取有機相,然後以水5〇〇份、1〇%碳酸鈉水溶 液500份、10%乙酸水溶液5〇〇份、及離子交換水5〇〇份進 行洗淨。將分取之有機相之溶劑蒸餾去除,而獲得式(1_6) 所示之染料A3 2.0份;產率為85% : ^ i /~ —/ \ h〇v —(_ 0 化合物(1-6)之結構係藉由質譜分析而確定。質譜分析裝 置係使用JMS-700(日本電子股份有限公司製造)。 質譜分析:離子化模式=FE)+ : m/z=12〇〇 將化合物(1-6)0.35 g溶解於乳酸乙醋中,使體積達到250 cm,將其中之2 cm3以離子交換水進行稀釋,而使體積達 到100 cm3(濃度:0.028 g/L),使用分光光度計(石英槽, 149310.doc 201111447 。玄化合物於Xmax=43 1 光程長度:1 cm)測定吸收光譜 下顯示2.2之吸光度(任意單元)。 合成例5 &lt;樹脂溶液B2之合成&gt; 回流冷卻器及滴液漏斗之燒瓶149310.doc •110· 201111447 The compound (ΙΠ-3)〇·35 g was dissolved in ethyl lactate to a volume of 250 cm3, and 2 cm3 of the solution was diluted with ion-exchanged water to a volume of 100 cm3 (concentration). : 0 028 g/L), the absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer (quartz cell, optical path length: 1 cm). The compound showed an absorbance of 2.3 (arbitrary unit) at Xmax = 431 nm. The following reaction was carried out under a nitrogen atmosphere. After adding N-methylpyrrolidone 4·〇 to the compound (ιπ_3) 2 parts, the mixture was stirred for 3 minutes to prepare a reaction solution. While stirring the reaction solution at room temperature, add 1 part of hydrazine gas. After the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred for 8 hours. After the reaction solution was poured into 300 parts of water, 8 parts of ethyl acetate was added and stirred for 3 minutes. The organic phase was separated using a separatory funnel, and then washed with 5 parts of water, 500 parts of a 1% aqueous sodium carbonate solution, 5 parts of a 10% aqueous acetic acid solution, and 5 parts of ion-exchanged water. The solvent of the separated organic phase is distilled off to obtain 2.0 parts of the dye A3 represented by the formula (1-6); the yield is 85%: ^ i /~ — / \ h〇v — (_ 0 compound (1-6) The structure was determined by mass spectrometry. The mass spectrometer was JMS-700 (manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) Mass spectrometry: ionization mode = FE) + : m/z = 12 〇〇 compound (1) -6) 0.35 g is dissolved in ethyl acetate to make the volume reach 250 cm, and 2 cm3 of the solution is diluted with ion-exchanged water to a volume of 100 cm3 (concentration: 0.028 g/L) using a spectrophotometer ( Quartz bath, 149310.doc 201111447. Xuan compound at Xmax = 43 1 optical path length: 1 cm) The absorbance (existing unit) of 2.2 is measured under the absorption spectrum. Synthesis Example 5 &lt;Synthesis of Resin Solution B2&gt; Flask of Reflow Cooler and Dropping Funnel

於具備攪拌機、溫度計、回 内’以0.02 L/min通入氮氣而 酯935質量份’一面μ拌,_ (將下述式(1-1 -1)所示之化合物與式(1_丨_2)所示之化合物以 50:50之莫耳比混合所得)24〇質量份、及乳酸乙酯14〇質量 份中而製備溶液,使用滴液漏斗將該溶解液歷時4小時滴 加至保溫於70°C之燒瓶内。另一方面,使用另一滴液漏 斗’將使聚合起始劑2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)30質量 伤》谷解於乳酸乙醋22 5質量份中而成之溶液以4小時滴加至. 燒瓶内。聚合起始劑之溶液滴加結束後,於70°C下保持4 小時,其後冷卻至室溫,而獲得重量平均分子量Mw為 9.0χ103、固形物成分為26質量%、溶液酸值為32 mg-KOH/g之樹脂溶液B2 :In the case of a mixer, a thermometer, and a reactor, 9.5 parts by mass of 0.02 L/min, and 935 parts by mass of the ester are mixed, _ (the compound represented by the following formula (1-1 -1) and the formula (1_丨) _2) The compound shown was prepared by mixing 24 parts by mass of a molar ratio of 50:50, and 14 parts by mass of ethyl lactate, and the solution was added dropwise to the solution for 4 hours using a dropping funnel. The flask was kept at 70 ° C. On the other hand, using another dropping funnel', the polymerization initiator 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) 30 mass damage was dissolved in 22 parts by mass of ethyl lactate. The resulting solution was added dropwise to the flask over 4 hours. After completion of the dropwise addition of the solution of the polymerization initiator, it was kept at 70 ° C for 4 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a weight average molecular weight Mw of 9.0 χ 103, a solid content of 26% by mass, and a solution acid value of 32. Mg-KOH/g resin solution B2:

(1-1-1) (1-1-2) 合成例6 &lt;樹脂溶液B3之合成&gt; 149310.doc 112 201111447 於具備攪拌機、溫度計、回流冷卻器、滴液漏斗及氣體 導入管之燒瓶中導入丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯250質量份。其 後,使用氣體導入管將氮氣導入至燒瓶内,將燒瓶内環境 置換成氮氣。其後’將燒瓶内之溶液升溫至1001後,使 用滴液漏斗’將包含甲基丙烯酸苄酯1 5 2 _ 6質量份、甲基 丙烯酸41 ·7質量份、偶氮雙異丁腈1.5質量份及丙二醇單曱 醚乙酸酯1 50質量份之混合物歷時2小時滴加至燒瓶中,滴 加結束後’進而於100°C下持續攪拌2.5小時,而獲得重量 平均分子量Mw為2.3XI04、固形物成分為34質量%、溶液 酸值為47 mg-KOH/g之樹脂溶液B3。 實施例6及7 &lt;顏料分散液之製造&gt; 將表25中記載之成分依序投入至燒杯中,將所有成分混 合。其後,使用0.65 ιηιηφ之氧化錯珠,藉由塗料振盪器進 行5小時之分散處理。過遽所得之均勻分散液將珠粒去 除,而獲得顏料分散液5及6。 [表 25] 實施例6 實施例7 顏料分散液 5 6 顏料2(份) 2.10 0 顏料3(份) 0 2.10 染料A2(份) 0.90 0 染料A3(份) 0 1.40 分散劑3(份) 0.79 0.53 樹脂溶液B3(份) 0.59 0.63 溶劑1(份) 11.52 11.75 149310.doc -113- 201111447 顏料2 : C.I.顏料紅254 顏料3 : C.I.顏料綠58 分散劑3 :丙烯酸系顏料分散劑 溶劑1 :丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯 實施例8及9 &lt;著色組合物之製造&gt; 混合表26中記載之成分而獲得著色組合物。 [表 26] 實施例8 實施例9 顏料分散液5(份) 24.11 - 顏料分散液6(份) 0 21.32 樹脂溶液B2(份) 8.62 9.75 光聚合性化合物(份) 3.15 3.37 光聚合起始劑(份) 0.95 1.01 界面活性劑(份) 0.009 0.009 溶劑1(份) 63.16 60.19 溶劑4(份) 0 4.35 表26中,各成分如下所述。 光聚合性化合物:二季戊四醇六丙稀酸酯(日本化藥股 份有限公司製造) 光聚合起始劑:N-苯甲醯氧基-1-(4-苯基硫烷基苯基)辛 烧-1-酮-2-亞胺(Irgacure OXE01 ; BASF Japan 公司製造) 界面活性劑:聚醚改質聚石夕氧油(SH8400,Dow Corning Toray股份有限公司製造) 溶劑1 :丙二醇單曱醚乙酸酯 溶劑4 :環己酮 149310.doc -114- 201111447 &lt;彩色濾光片之製作&gt; 藉由旋塗法,將著色組合物塗布於2英吋見方之玻璃基 板(Eagle 2000,Corning公司製造)上。 繼而,於無塵烘箱中,以100°C預烘烤3分鐘。冷卻後, 使用曝光機(TME-150RSK,Topcon股份有限公司製造), 於大氣環境下,以150 mJ/cm2之曝光量(365 nm)進行光照 射,於230°C下加熱30分鐘,而製作彩色濾光片。 對於所得之彩色濾光片,以與實施例5相同之方式進行 異物、亮度、對比度之評價。 [對比度評價] 以2片偏光板(POLAX-38S ; Luceo股份有限公司製造)夾 持所得之彩色濾光片,使用對比度測定裝置(CT-1,壺阪 電機股份有限公司製造)、亮度計(BM-5A,Topcon Technohouse 股份有限公司製造)、作為光源之冷陰極管F10燈,測定試 樣之透射光於平行偏光下之亮度及正交偏光下之亮度,將 平行偏光下之亮度與正交偏光下之亮度之比(平行偏光/正 交偏光)作為對比度。將結果示於表27中。再者,在測定 彩色濾光片之對比度之前,以使於不夾持彩色濾光片的狀 態下測定之對比度達到30000之方式調節光源之強度。 [表 27] 實施例8 實施例9 異物 〇 〇 膜厚(μηι) 1.72 1.92 X 0.650 0.313 y 0.315 0.595 Υ 17.2 63.7 對比度 13941 19187 149310.doc •115· 201111447 使用實施例3〜5、8及9之著色組合物,可獲得異物較少 之良好之彩色濾光片。又,確認到彩色濾光片之亮度及對 比度優異。 另一方面,於比較例3至5中產生大量異物。又,x之值 較大,成為偏紅之色度,對比度亦差。尤其是比較例5 中’因異物較多而無法進行正常之評價。 產業上之可利用性 本發明之顏料分散液之製造方法可藉由簡便之方法而使 染料與顏料均勻地分散,故而可廣泛地使用於製造不僅限 於半導體製造製程等的各種製造製程中所使用的各種著色 組合物、著色構件等。 才據本七明,可提供一種能夠進一步減少異物之產生的 顏^散液之製造方法,藉由使用所得之顏料分散液,可 '门眭此之著色圖案、彩色濾光片、液晶顯示裝置等。 I49310.doc -116-(1-1-1) (1-1-2) Synthesis Example 6 &lt;Synthesis of Resin Solution B3&gt; 149310.doc 112 201111447 A flask equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel, and a gas introduction tube 250 parts by mass of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was introduced. Thereafter, nitrogen gas was introduced into the flask using a gas introduction tube, and the atmosphere inside the flask was replaced with nitrogen. Thereafter, after the solution in the flask was heated to 1001, the dropping funnel was used to contain 1 5 2 -6 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate, 41. 7 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, and 1.5 mass of azobisisobutyronitrile. A mixture of 50 parts by weight of propylene glycol monoterpene ether acetate was added dropwise to the flask over 2 hours, and after the completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further stirred at 100 ° C for 2.5 hours to obtain a weight average molecular weight Mw of 2.3 XI04. The solid content component was 34% by mass, and the solution acid value B3 was 47 mg-KOH/g. Examples 6 and 7 &lt;Production of Pigment Dispersion&gt; The components described in Table 25 were sequentially placed in a beaker, and all the components were mixed. Thereafter, 0.65 ιηιηφ of oxidized beads was used, and dispersion treatment was carried out for 5 hours by a coating shaker. The beads were removed by a uniform dispersion obtained by hydrazine to obtain pigment dispersions 5 and 6. [Table 25] Example 6 Example 7 Pigment Dispersion 5 6 Pigment 2 (parts) 2.10 0 Pigment 3 (parts) 0 2.10 Dyes A2 (parts) 0.90 0 Dyes A3 (parts) 0 1.40 Dispersant 3 (parts) 0.79 0.53 Resin Solution B3 (parts) 0.59 0.63 Solvent 1 (parts) 11.52 11.75 149310.doc -113- 201111447 Pigment 2 : CI Pigment Red 254 Pigment 3 : CI Pigment Green 58 Dispersant 3 : Acrylic Pigment Dispersant Solvent 1: Propylene Glycol Monomethyl Ether Acetate Examples 8 and 9 &lt;Production of Coloring Composition&gt; The components described in Table 26 were mixed to obtain a coloring composition. [Table 26] Example 8 Example 9 Pigment Dispersion 5 (parts) 24.11 - Pigment Dispersion 6 (parts) 0 21.32 Resin Solution B2 (parts) 8.62 9.75 Photopolymerizable Compound (Parts) 3.15 3.37 Photopolymerization Starter (Parts) 0.95 1.01 Surfactant (parts) 0.009 0.009 Solvent 1 (parts) 63.16 60.19 Solvent 4 (parts) 0 4.35 In Table 26, the respective components are as follows. Photopolymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Photopolymerization initiator: N-benzylideneoxy-1-(4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane 1-keto-2-imine (Irgacure OXE01; manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) Surfactant: Polyether modified polysulfuric acid (SH8400, manufactured by Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.) Solvent 1: propylene glycol monoterpene ether Acid ester solvent 4: cyclohexanone 149310.doc -114- 201111447 &lt;Production of color filter&gt; The coloring composition was applied to a glass substrate of 2 inches square by spin coating (Eagle 2000, Corning) Made). Then, it was prebaked at 100 ° C for 3 minutes in a dust-free oven. After cooling, it was irradiated with an exposure apparatus (TME-150RSK, manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) at 150 mJ/cm 2 (365 nm) in an atmosphere, and heated at 230 ° C for 30 minutes. Color filter. The foreign matter, brightness, and contrast were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 5 for the obtained color filter. [Contrast evaluation] The obtained color filter was sandwiched between two polarizing plates (POLAX-38S; manufactured by Luceo Co., Ltd.), and a contrast measuring device (CT-1, manufactured by Kesaka Electric Co., Ltd.) and a brightness meter (BM) were used. -5A, manufactured by Topcon Technohouse Co., Ltd.), a cold cathode tube F10 lamp as a light source, measuring the brightness of the transmitted light of the sample under parallel polarized light and the brightness under orthogonal polarized light, and the brightness and orthogonal polarization under parallel polarized light. The ratio of brightness (parallel polarization/orthogonal polarization) is used as the contrast. The results are shown in Table 27. Further, before measuring the contrast of the color filter, the intensity of the light source was adjusted so that the contrast measured in the state where the color filter was not held was 30,000. [Table 27] Example 8 Example 9 Foreign material 〇〇 film thickness (μηι) 1.72 1.92 X 0.650 0.313 y 0.315 0.595 Υ 17.2 63.7 Contrast 13941 19187 149310.doc • 115· 201111447 Using Examples 3 to 5, 8 and 9 By coloring the composition, a good color filter having less foreign matter can be obtained. Further, it was confirmed that the color filter has excellent brightness and contrast. On the other hand, a large amount of foreign matter was generated in Comparative Examples 3 to 5. Further, the value of x is large, and the chromaticity of reddishness is also caused, and the contrast is also poor. In particular, in Comparative Example 5, the normal evaluation was impossible due to the large amount of foreign matter. INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY The method for producing a pigment dispersion liquid of the present invention can uniformly disperse dyes and pigments by a simple method, and thus can be widely used in various manufacturing processes not limited to semiconductor manufacturing processes and the like. Various coloring compositions, coloring members, and the like. According to the present invention, a method for manufacturing a pigment liquid which can further reduce the generation of foreign matter can be provided, and by using the obtained pigment dispersion liquid, the color pattern, the color filter, and the liquid crystal display device can be thresholded. Wait. I49310.doc -116-

Claims (1)

201111447 七、申請專利範圍: 1 種顏料分散液之製造方法,其包括將染料與顏料同時 均勻地分散於溶劑中之步驟。 2·如請求項1之製造方法,其中染料係含有選自由偶氮化 合物、以偶氮化合物作為配位體之金屬錯合物及^山嗟化 合物所組成之群中之至少1種者。 3.如請求項1或2之製造方法,其中染料係含有式(1)所示之 化合物者:201111447 VII. Patent application scope: A method for producing a pigment dispersion liquid, which comprises the steps of uniformly dispersing a dye and a pigment in a solvent at the same time. 2. The production method according to claim 1, wherein the dye contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an azo compound, a metal complex containing an azo compound as a ligand, and a group of yam compounds. 3. The production method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the dye contains a compound represented by the formula (1): (式⑴中, Rl〜R4分別獨立表示氫原子、-R6或碳數6〜1〇之芳香族 經基’該芳香族烴基中所含之氫原子可經鹵素原子、_R6、 -OH、-〇R6、_S03-、_S03H、,S03M、-C02H、-C〇.2r6、 _S〇3R6、_s〇2NHR8或-S02N(R8)R9取代, R5表不-S03-、_s〇3H、-S03M、-C02H、-C02R6、-S〇3R6、 -S02NHR8或-S〇2N(R8)R9, 爪表示0〜5之整數,當m為2以上之整數時,複數個尺! 可相同亦可不同, X表不鹵素原子,a表示0或1之整數, r6表示可具有取代基之碳數1〜10之飽和烴基,上述飽 149310.doc 201111447 和烴基中所含之-CH2-可經-Ο-、-CO-或-NR6a-取代,R6a 表示氫原子或碳數1〜4之烷基, R1 2及R3分別獨立表示可具有取代基之碳數卜10之烷 基、可具有取代基之碳數3〜30之環烷基或-Q,或者R2與 R3亦可互相鍵結而形成可具有取代基之碳數卜切之雜 % ’上述烧基及上述環烧基中所含之_Ch2_可經_〇_、 -CO-、-NH-或-NR6a-取代, Q表示可具有取代基之碳數6〜1〇之芳香族烴基、或可 具有取代基之碳數3〜10之芳香族雜環基, M表示鈉原子或鉀原子,且 式(1)所示之化合物之+電荷數與·電荷數相同)。 4_如e月求項1之製造方法,其中係以染料:顏料:叩〜99] 之質量比而含有染料與顏料。 5. 如請求項!之製造方法,其中顏料係含有選自由cj顏料 藍15:6、C.r顏料綠36、c丄顏料綠58、c】顏料黃138、 c丄顏料黃…⑺·顏料黃150、c丄顏料|xm、ci.顏 料紅242及C.L顏料紅254所組成之群中之至少丨種者。^ 6. 如請求項1之製造方法,其中轺袓怂入&gt; ^ 共肀顏枓係含有c.i.顏料藍15:6 1 -種者色組合物之製造方法,其包括將藉由如 之製造方法所得之顏料分散液與選自由溶劑、樹脂 聚合性化合物及光聚合起始劑所組成之群中的&amp; 混合之步驟。 Μ 2 8' -種著色圖案’其係使用藉由如請求項7之製造方法戶 3 149310.doc 201111447 得之著色組合物而形成者。 9. 10. 一種彩色濾光片,其包含如請求項8之著色圖案。 一種液晶顯示裝置,其具備如請求項9之彩色濾光片。 149310.doc 201111447 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:(無) (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明: 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:(In the formula (1), R1 to R4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, -R6 or an aromatic radical having a carbon number of 6 to 1 Å. The hydrogen atom contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group may pass through a halogen atom, _R6, -OH, - 〇R6, _S03-, _S03H, S03M, -C02H, -C〇.2r6, _S〇3R6, _s〇2NHR8 or -S02N(R8)R9 are substituted, R5 is not -S03-, _s〇3H, -S03M, -C02H, -C02R6, -S〇3R6, -S02NHR8 or -S〇2N(R8)R9, the claws represent integers from 0 to 5, and when m is an integer of 2 or more, a plurality of feet! Can be the same or different. X represents a halogen atom, a represents an integer of 0 or 1, and r6 represents a saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the above-mentioned 149310.doc 201111447 and -CH2- contained in the hydrocarbon group may be -Ο- , -CO- or -NR6a-substituted, R6a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R1 2 and R3 each independently represent an alkyl group having a carbon number of 10, a carbon which may have a substituent a cycloalkyl group of -3 to 30 or -Q, or R2 and R3 may be bonded to each other to form a carbon number which may have a substituent. The above-mentioned alkyl group and _Ch2 contained in the above-mentioned cyclic alkyl group _ can be via _〇_, -CO-, -NH- or -NR6a- And Q represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 1 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and M represents a sodium atom or a potassium atom, and the formula (1) The compound shown has a + charge number equal to the charge number). 4_ The manufacturing method of claim 1, wherein the dye and the pigment are contained in a mass ratio of dye: pigment: 叩 to 99]. 5. As requested! The manufacturing method, wherein the pigment is selected from the group consisting of cj pigment blue 15:6, Cr pigment green 36, c丄 pigment green 58, c] pigment yellow 138, c丄 pigment yellow... (7)·pigment yellow 150, c丄 pigment|xm At least one of the group consisting of ci. Pigment Red 242 and CL Pigment Red 254. ^ 6. The method of claim 1, wherein the method comprises: a method for producing a ci pigment blue 15:61-type color composition, which comprises manufacturing by The pigment dispersion obtained by the method is mixed with & selected from the group consisting of a solvent, a resin polymerizable compound, and a photopolymerization initiator. Μ 2 8 ' - a coloring pattern ' is formed by using the coloring composition obtained by the manufacturing method of the method of claim 7 149310.doc 201111447. 9. A color filter comprising the colored pattern of claim 8. A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter of claim 9. 149310.doc 201111447 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: (none) (2) The symbol of the symbol of the representative figure is simple: 5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please reveal the best indication of the characteristics of the invention. Chemical formula: 149310.doc149310.doc
TW099122038A 2009-07-14 2010-07-05 Production method of pigment dispersion solution TW201111447A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009165317 2009-07-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201111447A true TW201111447A (en) 2011-04-01
TWI560245B TWI560245B (en) 2016-12-01

Family

ID=43483293

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW099122038A TW201111447A (en) 2009-07-14 2010-07-05 Production method of pigment dispersion solution

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5758595B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101813605B1 (en)
CN (1) CN101955690B (en)
TW (1) TW201111447A (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI585526B (en) * 2012-03-30 2017-06-01 富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive composition and production method thereof, color filter and production method thereof, and display device
TWI610134B (en) * 2011-10-07 2018-01-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive resin composition
TWI628240B (en) * 2011-10-14 2018-07-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Coloring agent, coloring composition, color filter and display element
TWI675069B (en) * 2013-10-18 2019-10-21 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Colorant dispersion

Families Citing this family (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5652823B2 (en) * 2011-01-25 2015-01-14 株式会社日本触媒 Azo compounds
JP5919830B2 (en) * 2011-02-08 2016-05-18 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP5737078B2 (en) * 2011-02-28 2015-06-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6047885B2 (en) * 2011-03-08 2016-12-21 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6115005B2 (en) * 2011-03-08 2017-04-19 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6019597B2 (en) * 2011-03-08 2016-11-02 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6019596B2 (en) * 2011-03-08 2016-11-02 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP5707186B2 (en) * 2011-03-14 2015-04-22 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and color liquid crystal display element
JP5760584B2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2015-08-12 住友化学株式会社 Colored curable resin composition
KR102105622B1 (en) * 2011-06-09 2020-04-29 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Colored composition
JP2012255963A (en) * 2011-06-10 2012-12-27 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6051689B2 (en) * 2011-09-09 2016-12-27 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2013125061A (en) * 2011-12-13 2013-06-24 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device
JP6192968B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2017-09-06 住友化学株式会社 Colorant dispersion
JP6155076B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2017-06-28 住友化学株式会社 Colorant dispersion
WO2014010687A1 (en) * 2012-07-12 2014-01-16 花王株式会社 Pigment dispersion for colour filter
JP5959009B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-08-02 日本化薬株式会社 Xanthene compound, colored resin composition
JP6326878B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2018-05-23 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, and display element
JP2014215515A (en) * 2013-04-26 2014-11-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
KR20160030514A (en) * 2013-07-15 2016-03-18 카오카부시키가이샤 Pigment dispersion for color filter
CN103756393A (en) * 2014-01-11 2014-04-30 王玲 A kind of imitation jade paint
TWI663218B (en) * 2014-09-04 2019-06-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Composition, manufacturing method of composition, curable composition, cured film, near-infrared cut filter, solid-state imaging element, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
KR102279575B1 (en) * 2015-03-26 2021-07-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter, and image display apparatus comprising the same
JP2016148861A (en) * 2016-03-25 2016-08-18 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2016157128A (en) * 2016-03-25 2016-09-01 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP2016157127A (en) * 2016-03-25 2016-09-01 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6654526B2 (en) * 2016-08-12 2020-02-26 大日精化工業株式会社 Method for producing coloring composition, coloring composition, and coloring agent
TWI798182B (en) * 2016-09-02 2023-04-11 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Coloring composition and compound
JP6909093B2 (en) 2016-09-13 2021-07-28 東京応化工業株式会社 Photosensitive resin composition, polyamide resin, method for producing polyamide resin, compound, method for producing compound, method for producing cured film, and cured film.
CN109467955A (en) * 2018-10-19 2019-03-15 深圳市华星光电技术有限公司 Dye composition and filter sheet structure
JP7145568B2 (en) * 2018-12-26 2022-10-03 日本化薬株式会社 colored resin composition
CN109810578B (en) * 2018-12-27 2021-09-28 深圳市新纶科技股份有限公司 High-solid low-viscosity color paste, preparation method thereof and heat-dissipation coating
JP7366564B2 (en) * 2019-03-28 2023-10-23 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Red colored resin composition for color filters, red coloring material dispersion for color filters, cured products, color filters, and display devices
JP7664684B2 (en) * 2019-07-10 2025-04-18 住友化学株式会社 Composition containing a colorant
KR20240107539A (en) * 2022-12-30 2024-07-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Red colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter manufactured from thereof and solid state pickup device or display device comprising the same

Family Cites Families (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2018168C3 (en) * 1970-04-16 1974-05-22 Farbwerke Hoechst Ag, Vormals Meister Lucius & Bruening, 6000 Frankfurt Pigment preparations and processes for their production
JP3067330B2 (en) * 1991-10-28 2000-07-17 凸版印刷株式会社 Manufacturing method of color filter
JP3387541B2 (en) * 1993-02-03 2003-03-17 住友化学工業株式会社 Dye for resist composition for forming color filter
JP3323665B2 (en) * 1994-09-20 2002-09-09 株式会社日立製作所 Manufacturing method of color cathode ray tube
JPH10259346A (en) * 1997-03-18 1998-09-29 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Pigment dispersion
JP3969884B2 (en) * 1998-03-31 2007-09-05 キヤノン株式会社 Ink, color filter, liquid crystal panel, computer and method for producing color filter
JP3625143B2 (en) * 1998-12-28 2005-03-02 大日精化工業株式会社 Pigment dispersant, pigment dispersion and color filter
IL134482A (en) * 1999-02-16 2002-12-01 Dainichiseika Color Chem Pigment dispersions and writing instruments and printers with the dispersions stored therein
JP3775972B2 (en) * 2000-02-02 2006-05-17 三菱鉛筆株式会社 Oil-based ink composition and oil-based ballpoint pen using the same
JP2002194244A (en) * 2000-12-25 2002-07-10 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Pigment dispersion composition, coloring photosensitive composition obtained by using the same and color filter
KR20050006208A (en) * 2002-04-29 2005-01-15 시바 스페셜티 케미칼스 홀딩 인크. Compositions and methods for imparting improved rheology on pigment based inks and paints
DE10334308A1 (en) * 2003-07-28 2005-02-24 Basf Coatings Ag Solid pigment preparations and their dispersions in organic solvents, process for their preparation and their use
CN1613924A (en) * 2004-09-14 2005-05-11 东华大学 Digital painting printing ink containing pigment and dye, preparation thereof
CN1834164A (en) * 2005-02-28 2006-09-20 住友化学株式会社 Pigmentation combination
JP4850582B2 (en) * 2006-05-24 2012-01-11 住友化学株式会社 Colored photosensitive resin composition, color filter, image sensor and camera system
JP2008242311A (en) * 2007-03-28 2008-10-09 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored photosensitive resin composition, and color filter array and solid-state imaging device using the same
JPWO2008133241A1 (en) * 2007-04-23 2010-07-29 日本化薬株式会社 Monoazo metal complex, azo type pigment dispersant and pigment composition containing the same
JP5213375B2 (en) * 2007-07-13 2013-06-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion, curable composition, color filter using the same, and solid-state imaging device
JP2009029952A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Fujifilm Corp Pigment dispersion composition, curable composition, color filter and method for producing the same
US20130189722A1 (en) * 2007-09-05 2013-07-25 Joshua Trueheart Isolation of pellet-forming microorganisms
EP2218756B1 (en) * 2007-11-01 2013-07-31 FUJIFILM Corporation Pigment dispersion composition, curable color composition, color filter and method for producing the same
JP2010100789A (en) * 2007-11-22 2010-05-06 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Green colored composition for color filter, and color filter
JP2009280741A (en) * 2008-05-23 2009-12-03 Sakata Corp Red pigment dispersion product and red pigment dispersing resist composition for color filter containing the same
DE102008032092A1 (en) * 2008-07-08 2010-01-14 Clariant International Ltd. Binary diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment composition for use in color filters
JP5251329B2 (en) * 2008-07-22 2013-07-31 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Blue coloring composition for color filter, color filter, and color display device

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI610134B (en) * 2011-10-07 2018-01-01 住友化學股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive resin composition
TWI628240B (en) * 2011-10-14 2018-07-01 Jsr股份有限公司 Coloring agent, coloring composition, color filter and display element
TWI585526B (en) * 2012-03-30 2017-06-01 富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored photosensitive composition and production method thereof, color filter and production method thereof, and display device
TWI675069B (en) * 2013-10-18 2019-10-21 南韓商東友精細化工有限公司 Colorant dispersion

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2011038085A (en) 2011-02-24
KR101813605B1 (en) 2017-12-29
KR20110006620A (en) 2011-01-20
CN101955690A (en) 2011-01-26
TWI560245B (en) 2016-12-01
CN101955690B (en) 2014-12-03
JP5758595B2 (en) 2015-08-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201111447A (en) Production method of pigment dispersion solution
TWI544035B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI488003B (en) Coloring the photosensitive resin composition
TWI542644B (en) Coloring the photosensitive resin composition
CN103172626B (en) dye compound
TW201113303A (en) Colored photosensitive resin compositions
TW201006884A (en) Colored hardening composite
TW201207501A (en) Display device
TW201041980A (en) Dye composition
JP2018012839A (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI476517B (en) Coloring the photosensitive resin composition
TW201133142A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP7787086B2 (en) coloring composition
TW201502126A (en) Compound and coloring curable resin composition
CN103365088B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201604243A (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP2016191915A (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201308005A (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201245875A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
CN103309155B (en) Colored curable resin composition
TWI515268B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and compound
TW201815982A (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter, and display device comprising a coloring agent, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator
JP2018203844A (en) Colored resin composition
JP7312015B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
JP6432313B2 (en) Colored resin composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device and organic EL display device